Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 29419:b82691dc560e
(make-autoload): Other typo. I'm getting tired.
author | Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 05 Jun 2000 06:37:11 +0000 |
parents | c5964d5c6afa |
children | ca9466e54ffe |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27321 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
25876 | 4 |
25998 | 5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566)) | |
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
9 | |
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 Play 5x5. | |
12 | |
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | |
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
30 | |
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
33 | |
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
36 | |
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
39 | |
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
42 mutating the result." t nil) | |
43 | |
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
46 | |
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
51 | |
52 ;;;*** | |
53 | |
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
26724 | 55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474)) |
25876 | 56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
57 | |
25998 | 58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
61 extensions. | |
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
63 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 64 |
25876 | 65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
67 | |
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
69 | |
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
72 | |
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
75 | |
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
78 | |
25998 | 79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 80 |
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
83 | |
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
86 | |
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
92 | |
93 If you use imenu.el: | |
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
95 | |
96 If you use find-file.el: | |
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 102 |
103 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
25998 | 106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil) |
107 | |
108 ;;;*** | |
109 | |
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
26724 | 111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651)) |
25998 | 112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
113 | |
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 116 |
117 ;;;*** | |
118 | |
27321 | 119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode |
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log | |
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) | |
28523 | 122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14565 55609)) |
25876 | 123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
124 | |
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
27321 | 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
25876 | 128 |
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
132 | |
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
135 | |
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
138 | |
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
143 | |
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
147 | |
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil) | |
150 | |
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
154 name and site. | |
155 | |
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
161 | |
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
164 | |
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
168 name and site. | |
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
171 | |
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
174 | |
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
181 | |
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
184 | |
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
187 | |
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
190 | |
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
193 | |
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
28523 | 195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
25876 | 196 |
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
28523 | 199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
27321 | 200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
201 `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
25876 | 202 |
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
204 | |
27321 | 205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
208 the appropriate motion commands). | |
209 | |
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order. | |
211 | |
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported, | |
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging | |
214 with an empty log." t nil) | |
215 | |
25876 | 216 ;;;*** |
217 | |
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
26724 | 219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410 |
220 ;;;;;; 19111)) | |
25876 | 221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
222 | |
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
232 interpreted as `error'.") | |
233 | |
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
242 | |
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
251 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
254 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
255 | |
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
259 | |
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
262 BODY... ) | |
263 | |
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
268 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
271 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
278 | |
279 Semantics of the various flags: | |
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
283 | |
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
286 | |
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
288 advised function should be compiled. | |
289 | |
26724 | 290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 291 during activation until somebody enables it. |
292 | |
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
297 | |
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
303 during preloading. | |
304 | |
26724 | 305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 306 |
307 ;;;*** | |
308 | |
27327 | 309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current |
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463 | |
311 ;;;;;; 7197)) | |
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el | |
313 | |
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
320 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
321 | |
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
324 `separate' attribute set. | |
325 | |
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
329 on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
330 | |
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
341 options. | |
342 | |
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
345 | |
346 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
347 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
349 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
350 | |
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
354 | |
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
360 align that section." t nil) | |
361 | |
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
368 been used to align that section." t nil) | |
369 | |
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
376 to be colored." t nil) | |
377 | |
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
380 | |
381 ;;;*** | |
382 | |
25876 | 383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
28919 | 384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14619 61800)) |
28212 | 385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
25876 | 386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) |
387 | |
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
394 | |
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
396 | |
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
398 | |
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
400 | |
401 ;;;*** | |
402 | |
26724 | 403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" |
27016 | 404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774)) |
26724 | 405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
406 | |
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
410 | |
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
414 | |
415 ;;;*** | |
416 | |
25876 | 417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
28523 | 420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14563 8413)) |
25876 | 421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
422 | |
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
426 as the first thing on a line.") | |
427 | |
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
430 | |
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
433 | |
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
436 | |
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
439 | |
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
442 | |
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
445 | |
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
449 | |
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
28523 | 451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
25876 | 452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) |
453 | |
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
456 | |
28523 | 457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
460 put in the appointments list. | |
461 02/23/89 | |
462 12:00pm lunch | |
463 Wednesday | |
464 10:00am group meeting | |
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil) | |
25876 | 468 |
469 ;;;*** | |
470 | |
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
28919 | 472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14617 |
473 ;;;;;; 51641)) | |
25876 | 474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
475 | |
26724 | 476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
478 | |
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
480 | |
25876 | 481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
484 normal variables." t nil) | |
485 | |
486 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
487 | |
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP. | |
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
491 noninteractive functions. | |
492 | |
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
495 | |
496 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP. | |
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound | |
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming. | |
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
501 | |
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP. | |
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties. | |
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
507 | |
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP. | |
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key | |
512 bindings. | |
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
514 | |
515 ;;;*** | |
516 | |
28162 | 517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539 |
518 ;;;;;; 44524)) | |
25876 | 519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
520 | |
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
524 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
527 | |
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
530 archive. | |
531 | |
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
533 | |
534 ;;;*** | |
535 | |
27321 | 536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616)) |
25876 | 537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
538 | |
539 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
540 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
541 | |
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
545 | |
27321 | 546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
25876 | 547 |
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
27321 | 549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
25876 | 550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
551 | |
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
556 The variables are: | |
557 | |
558 Variables you assign: | |
27321 | 559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
25876 | 564 row numbers in the buffer. |
565 | |
566 Variables which are calculated: | |
27321 | 567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
25876 | 569 |
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
571 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
572 | |
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
577 | |
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
582 | |
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
587 | |
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
589 between that of point and mark. | |
590 | |
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
593 | |
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
597 newlines inside rows) | |
598 | |
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
600 | |
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
602 | |
603 ;;;*** | |
604 | |
25998 | 605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286 |
606 ;;;;;; 393)) | |
25876 | 607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
608 | |
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
612 | |
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
617 | |
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
620 | |
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
623 | |
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
625 | |
626 Special commands: | |
627 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
628 " t nil) | |
629 | |
630 ;;;*** | |
631 | |
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el" | |
27949 | 633 ;;;;;; (14516 149)) |
25876 | 634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el |
635 | |
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 637 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 638 |
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 640 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 641 |
642 ;;;*** | |
643 | |
28919 | 644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
645 ;;;;;; (14622 51307)) | |
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el | |
647 | |
648 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ | |
649 Toggle Autoarg mode. | |
650 | |
651 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
652 | |
653 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
654 | |
655 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
656 | |
657 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ | |
658 Toggle Autoarg mode minor mode globally. | |
659 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
660 \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
661 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
662 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
663 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
664 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
665 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
666 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
667 | |
668 For example: | |
669 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
670 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
671 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
672 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
673 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
674 | |
675 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil) | |
676 | |
677 ;;;*** | |
678 | |
28077 | 679 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
680 ;;;;;; (14532 61420)) | |
681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el | |
682 | |
683 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
684 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil) | |
685 | |
686 ;;;*** | |
687 | |
25876 | 688 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
26724 | 689 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 690 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
691 | |
692 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
693 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil. | |
694 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) | |
695 | |
696 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
697 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
698 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
699 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
700 | |
701 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ | |
26724 | 702 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
703 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
704 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
705 | |
706 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 707 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
708 | |
709 ;;;*** | |
710 | |
711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
712 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
28523 | 713 ;;;;;; (14563 8438)) |
25876 | 714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
715 | |
716 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
717 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
718 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
719 | |
720 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
721 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
722 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
723 | |
724 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
725 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
726 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
727 | |
728 ;;;*** | |
729 | |
730 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
27949 | 731 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
732 ;;;;;; (14495 17959)) | |
25876 | 733 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
734 | |
25998 | 735 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
736 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
737 | |
738 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
739 instead.") | |
740 | |
27949 | 741 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
742 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
743 | |
744 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
745 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
746 | |
747 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
748 | |
749 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
750 | |
25876 | 751 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
752 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
753 | |
754 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
755 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
756 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
757 | |
758 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
759 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
760 | |
761 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
762 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
763 | |
764 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
765 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
766 | |
767 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
768 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
769 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
770 | |
771 ;;;*** | |
772 | |
28162 | 773 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
774 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646)) | |
25876 | 775 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
776 | |
28162 | 777 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
778 Activate mouse avoidance mode. | |
779 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. | |
780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
781 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
782 | |
783 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
784 | |
785 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid)) | |
786 | |
25876 | 787 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
788 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
789 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
790 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
791 | |
792 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish' | |
793 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated | |
794 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
795 | |
796 Effects of the different modes: | |
797 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. | |
798 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
799 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
800 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
801 a random distance & direction. | |
802 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
803 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
804 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
805 | |
806 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
807 | |
808 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
809 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
810 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
811 | |
812 ;;;*** | |
813 | |
28212 | 814 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546 |
815 ;;;;;; 45178)) | |
25876 | 816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
817 | |
818 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
819 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
820 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses | |
821 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing | |
822 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. | |
823 | |
824 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook' | |
825 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
826 | |
827 ;;;*** | |
828 | |
829 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
27321 | 830 ;;;;;; (14455 30228)) |
25876 | 831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
832 | |
833 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
834 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
835 | |
836 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
837 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
838 | |
839 For example: | |
840 | |
841 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
842 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
843 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
844 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
845 | |
846 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
847 | |
848 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
849 | |
850 ;;;*** | |
851 | |
852 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
27321 | 853 ;;;;;; (14422 6418)) |
25876 | 854 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
855 | |
856 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
857 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 858 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 859 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
860 | |
861 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
862 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
863 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables | |
864 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. | |
865 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
866 seconds." t nil) | |
867 | |
868 ;;;*** | |
869 | |
27949 | 870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504 |
871 ;;;;;; 9460)) | |
25876 | 872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
873 | |
874 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
875 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
876 | |
877 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
878 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
879 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
880 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
881 message. | |
882 | |
883 | |
884 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
885 | |
886 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
887 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
888 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
889 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
890 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
891 | |
892 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
893 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
894 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
895 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
896 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
897 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
898 | |
899 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
900 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
901 BibTeX mode. | |
902 | |
903 | |
904 Special information: | |
905 | |
906 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
907 | |
908 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
909 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
910 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
911 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
912 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
913 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
914 current field. | |
915 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
916 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
917 | |
918 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
919 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
920 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
921 bibtex-entry-format. | |
922 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
923 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
924 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
925 | |
926 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
927 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
928 | |
929 The following may be of interest as well: | |
930 | |
931 Functions: | |
932 bibtex-entry | |
933 bibtex-kill-entry | |
934 bibtex-yank-pop | |
935 bibtex-pop-previous | |
936 bibtex-pop-next | |
937 bibtex-complete-string | |
938 bibtex-complete-key | |
939 bibtex-print-help-message | |
940 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
941 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
942 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
943 bibtex-reposition-window | |
944 bibtex-mark-entry | |
945 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
946 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
947 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
948 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
949 bibtex-validate | |
950 bibtex-count | |
951 bibtex-fill-entry | |
952 bibtex-reformat | |
953 bibtex-convert-alien | |
954 | |
955 Variables: | |
956 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
957 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
958 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
959 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
960 bibtex-entry-format | |
961 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
962 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
963 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
964 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
965 bibtex-string-files | |
966 | |
967 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
968 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
969 non-nil. | |
970 | |
971 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
972 | |
973 ;;;*** | |
974 | |
975 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 976 ;;;;;; 27947)) |
25876 | 977 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
978 | |
979 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
980 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
981 the default is 4. | |
982 | |
983 What is blackbox? | |
984 | |
985 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
986 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
987 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
988 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
989 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
990 your score. | |
991 | |
992 Overview of play: | |
993 | |
994 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
995 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
996 four. | |
997 | |
998 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
999 movement keys. | |
1000 | |
1001 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1002 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1003 | |
1004 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1005 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1006 | |
1007 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1008 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1009 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1010 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1011 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1012 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1013 | |
1014 Details: | |
1015 | |
1016 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1017 | |
1018 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1019 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1020 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1021 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1022 | |
1023 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1024 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1025 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1026 | |
1027 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1028 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1029 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1030 | |
1031 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1032 example. | |
1033 | |
1034 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1035 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1036 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1037 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1038 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1039 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1040 ray. | |
1041 | |
1042 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1043 degree deflection it causes. | |
1044 | |
1045 1 | |
1046 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1047 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1048 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1049 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1052 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1053 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1054 2 3 | |
1055 | |
1056 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1057 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1058 | |
1059 | |
1060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1061 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1062 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1063 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1066 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1068 | |
1069 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1070 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1071 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1072 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1073 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1074 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1075 emerging from the box. | |
1076 | |
1077 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1078 | |
1079 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1080 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1082 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1084 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1087 | |
1088 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1089 a reflection." t nil) | |
1090 | |
1091 ;;;*** | |
1092 | |
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1094 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1095 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1096 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1097 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
28077 | 1098 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950)) |
25876 | 1099 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1100 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1101 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1102 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1103 | |
1104 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1105 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1106 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1107 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1108 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1109 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1110 | |
1111 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1112 | |
1113 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1114 | |
1115 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1116 | |
1117 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1118 | |
1119 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1120 | |
1121 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1122 | |
1123 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1124 | |
1125 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1126 | |
1127 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1128 | |
1129 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1130 | |
1131 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1132 | |
1133 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1134 | |
1135 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1136 | |
1137 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save))))) | |
1138 | |
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1140 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1141 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1142 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1143 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1144 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1145 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1146 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1147 recent one. | |
1148 | |
1149 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1150 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1151 yank successive words. | |
1152 | |
1153 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1154 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1155 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1156 name of the file being visited. | |
1157 | |
1158 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1159 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1160 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1161 | |
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1163 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1164 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1165 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1166 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1167 this. | |
1168 | |
1169 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1170 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1171 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1172 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1173 | |
1174 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1175 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1176 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1177 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1178 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1179 | |
1180 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1181 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1182 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1183 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1184 | |
1185 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1186 | |
1187 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1188 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1189 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1190 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1191 | |
1192 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1193 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1194 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1195 | |
1196 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1197 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1198 name." t nil) | |
1199 | |
1200 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1201 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1205 this." t nil) | |
1206 | |
1207 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1208 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1209 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1210 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1211 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1212 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1213 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1214 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1215 | |
1216 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1217 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1218 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1219 | |
1220 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1221 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1222 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1223 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1224 \(second argument). | |
1225 | |
1226 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1227 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1228 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1229 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1230 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1231 | |
1232 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1233 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1234 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1235 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1236 | |
1237 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1238 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1239 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1240 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1241 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1242 while loading. | |
1243 | |
1244 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1245 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1246 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1247 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1248 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1249 explicitly. | |
1250 | |
1251 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1252 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1253 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1254 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1255 | |
1256 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1257 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1258 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1259 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1260 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1261 | |
1262 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1263 | |
1264 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1265 | |
1266 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1267 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1268 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1269 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1270 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1271 this. | |
1272 | |
1273 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1274 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1275 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1276 | |
1277 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1278 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1279 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1280 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1281 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1282 this. | |
1283 | |
1284 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1285 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1286 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1287 | |
1288 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1289 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1290 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1291 | |
1292 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1293 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1294 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1295 | |
1296 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1297 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1298 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1299 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1300 prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1301 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1302 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1303 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1304 | |
1305 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1306 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1307 name. | |
1308 | |
1309 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1310 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1311 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1312 | |
1313 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1314 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1315 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1316 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1317 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1318 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1319 | |
1320 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1321 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1322 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1323 | |
1324 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1325 | |
1326 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1327 | |
1328 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1329 | |
1330 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1331 | |
1332 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1333 | |
1334 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1335 | |
1336 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1337 | |
1338 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1339 | |
1340 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1341 | |
1342 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1343 | |
1344 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1345 | |
1346 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1347 | |
1348 ;;;*** | |
1349 | |
1350 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1351 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1352 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
1353 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse | |
1354 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file | |
1355 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
1356 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p | |
28212 | 1357 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" |
28523 | 1358 ;;;;;; (14558 23455)) |
28212 | 1359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
25876 | 1360 |
1361 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1362 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1363 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1364 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1365 | |
1366 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1367 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1368 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1369 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1370 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1371 | |
1372 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1373 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1374 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1375 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1376 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1377 | |
1378 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1379 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1380 | |
1381 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1382 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1383 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1384 | |
1385 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1386 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1387 | |
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1389 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1390 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1391 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1392 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1393 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1394 | |
1395 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1396 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1397 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1398 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1399 narrowed." t nil) | |
1400 | |
1401 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1402 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1403 | |
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1405 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1406 | |
1407 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1408 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1409 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1410 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1411 | |
1412 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1414 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1415 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1416 | |
1417 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1418 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1419 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1420 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1421 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1422 to use." t nil) | |
1423 | |
1424 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1425 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1426 | |
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1428 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1429 | |
1430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1431 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1432 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1433 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1434 | |
1435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1437 | |
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1439 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1440 | |
1441 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1442 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1443 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1444 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1445 | |
1446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1447 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1448 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1449 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1450 | |
1451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1453 | |
1454 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1455 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1456 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1457 | |
1458 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1459 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1460 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1461 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1462 | |
1463 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1464 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1465 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1466 | |
1467 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1468 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1469 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1470 | |
1471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1472 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1475 | |
1476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1478 | |
1479 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1480 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1481 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1482 | |
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1484 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1485 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1486 | |
1487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1488 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1489 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1490 | |
1491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1493 | |
1494 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1495 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1496 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1497 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1498 | |
1499 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1500 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1501 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1502 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1503 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1504 | |
1505 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1506 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1507 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1508 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1509 | |
1510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1511 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1512 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1513 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1514 | |
1515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1517 | |
1518 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1519 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1520 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1521 | |
1522 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1523 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1524 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1525 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1526 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1527 current one. | |
1528 | |
1529 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1530 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1531 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1532 `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1533 | |
1534 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1535 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1536 | |
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1538 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1539 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1540 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1541 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1542 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1543 | |
1544 ;;;*** | |
1545 | |
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 1547 ;;;;;; 42538)) |
25876 | 1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1549 | |
1550 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1551 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1552 | |
1553 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1554 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1555 | |
1556 ;;;*** | |
1557 | |
27016 | 1558 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
27949 | 1559 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961)) |
27016 | 1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1561 | |
1562 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1563 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1564 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1565 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1566 | |
1567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1571 | |
1572 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1573 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1574 | |
1575 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
1576 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself. | |
1577 \\<bs-mode-map> | |
1578 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1579 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1580 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1581 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1582 | |
1583 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1584 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1585 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1586 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1587 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1588 | |
1589 ;;;*** | |
1590 | |
25876 | 1591 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1592 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1593 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
28523 | 1594 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14564 35790)) |
25876 | 1595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1596 | |
1597 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1598 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1599 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1600 | |
1601 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1602 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1603 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1604 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1605 | |
1606 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1607 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1608 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1609 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1610 | |
1611 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1612 | |
1613 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1614 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1615 | |
1616 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1617 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1618 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1619 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1620 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1621 | |
1622 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1623 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1624 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1625 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1626 | |
1627 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1628 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1629 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1630 | |
1631 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1632 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1633 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1634 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1635 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1636 all functions called by those functions. | |
1637 | |
1638 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1639 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1640 cons, etc.). | |
1641 | |
1642 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1643 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1644 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1645 | |
1646 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1647 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1648 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1649 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1650 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1651 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1652 | |
1653 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1654 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1655 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1656 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1657 | |
1658 ;;;*** | |
1659 | |
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1662 | |
1663 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1664 | |
1665 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1666 | |
1667 ;;;*** | |
1668 | |
1669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
25998 | 1670 ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
25876 | 1671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1672 | |
1673 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1674 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1675 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1676 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1677 | |
1678 ;;;*** | |
1679 | |
27949 | 1680 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511 |
1681 ;;;;;; 60346)) | |
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el | |
1683 | |
1684 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
1685 Run the pocket calculator. | |
1686 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
1687 | |
1688 ;;;*** | |
1689 | |
25876 | 1690 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
1691 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1692 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1693 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1694 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1695 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1696 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1697 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1698 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 1699 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1700 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1701 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1702 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 1703 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
1704 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
1705 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
27321 | 1706 ;;;;;; (14393 15349)) |
25876 | 1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
1708 | |
1709 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
1710 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
1711 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
1712 | |
1713 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
1714 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
1715 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
1716 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
1717 the screen.") | |
1718 | |
1719 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
1720 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
1721 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
1722 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
1723 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
1724 | |
1725 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
1726 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
1727 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used, | |
1728 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For | |
1729 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
1730 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
1731 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
1732 | |
1733 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
1734 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
1735 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
1736 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
1737 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
1738 | |
1739 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
1740 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
1741 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
1742 | |
1743 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1744 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
1745 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
1746 | |
26724 | 1747 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
1748 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
1749 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
1750 | |
25876 | 1751 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
1752 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
1753 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
1754 displayed.") | |
1755 | |
1756 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1757 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
1758 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
1759 | |
1760 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1761 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
1762 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1763 | |
1764 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
1765 | |
1766 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1767 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
1768 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1769 | |
1770 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
1771 calendar.") | |
1772 | |
1773 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1774 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
1775 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1776 | |
1777 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
1778 calendar.") | |
1779 | |
1780 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
1781 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
1782 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
1783 | |
1784 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
1785 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
1786 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
1787 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
1788 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
1789 | |
1790 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1791 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
1792 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
1793 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
1794 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
1795 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
1796 a function is also provided for this: | |
1797 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
1798 | |
1799 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1800 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1801 date is not visible in the window. | |
1802 | |
1803 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1804 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1805 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1806 | |
1807 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1808 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
1809 | |
1810 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1811 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1812 date is visible in the window. | |
1813 | |
1814 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1815 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1816 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1817 | |
25998 | 1818 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
1819 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
1820 | |
26724 | 1821 For example, |
25998 | 1822 |
1823 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
1824 | |
1825 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
1826 | |
25876 | 1827 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
1828 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
1829 | |
1830 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
1831 | |
1832 MONTH/DAY | |
1833 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
1834 MONTHNAME DAY | |
1835 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
1836 DAYNAME | |
1837 | |
1838 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
1839 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
1840 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
1841 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
1842 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
1843 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
1844 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
1845 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
1846 respectively. | |
1847 | |
1848 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
1849 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
1850 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
1851 | |
1852 DAY/MONTH | |
1853 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1854 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1855 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1856 DAYNAME | |
1857 | |
1858 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
1859 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
1860 | |
1861 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
1862 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
1863 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
1864 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
1865 | |
1866 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
1867 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
1868 | |
1869 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
1870 entries (in the default American style): | |
1871 | |
1872 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
1873 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
1874 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
1875 21: Payday | |
1876 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
1877 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
1878 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
1879 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
1880 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
1881 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
1882 &* 15 time cards due. | |
1883 | |
1884 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
1885 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
1886 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
1887 single diary entry | |
1888 | |
1889 02/11/1989 | |
1890 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
1891 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
1892 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
1893 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
1894 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
1895 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
1896 | |
1897 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
1898 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
1899 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
1900 | |
1901 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
1902 | |
1903 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
1904 | |
1905 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
1906 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
1907 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
1908 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
1909 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
1910 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
1911 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
1912 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
1913 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
1914 | |
1915 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
1916 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
1917 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
1918 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
1919 for these functions for details. | |
1920 | |
1921 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
1922 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1923 | |
1924 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
1925 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
1926 | |
1927 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
1928 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
1929 | |
1930 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
1931 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
1932 | |
1933 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
1934 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
1935 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
1936 | |
1937 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
1938 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file. | |
1939 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") | |
1940 | |
1941 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
1942 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
1943 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
1944 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
1945 | |
1946 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
1947 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
1948 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
1949 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
1950 | |
1951 DAY/MONTH | |
1952 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1953 DAY MONTHNAME | |
1954 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1955 DAYNAME | |
1956 | |
1957 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
1958 characters with or without a period.") | |
1959 | |
1960 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
1961 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
1962 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1963 | |
25998 | 1964 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 1965 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
1966 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
1967 | |
1968 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
1969 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
1970 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
1971 | |
1972 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
1973 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
1974 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
1975 | |
1976 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
1977 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
1978 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
1979 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
1980 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
1981 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
1982 | |
1983 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
1984 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
1985 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
1986 | |
1987 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
1988 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
1989 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
1990 of the form | |
1991 | |
1992 #include \"filename\" | |
1993 | |
1994 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
1995 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
1996 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
1997 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
1998 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
1999 | |
2000 For example, you could use | |
2001 | |
2002 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2003 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2004 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2005 | |
2006 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2007 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2008 lexicographic order.") | |
2009 | |
2010 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2011 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2012 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2013 | |
2014 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2015 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2016 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2017 diary display. | |
2018 | |
2019 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2020 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2021 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2022 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2023 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2024 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2025 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2026 | |
2027 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2028 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2029 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2030 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2031 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2032 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2033 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2034 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2035 | |
2036 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
2037 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
2038 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2039 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2040 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2041 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2042 | |
2043 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2044 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
2045 | |
2046 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
2047 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2048 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2049 of the form | |
2050 #include \"filename\" | |
2051 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2052 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
2053 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
2054 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2055 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2056 | |
2057 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
2058 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
2059 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2060 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2061 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2062 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2063 | |
2064 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2065 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2066 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2067 are holidays.") | |
2068 | |
2069 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2070 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2071 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2072 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2073 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2074 | |
2075 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2076 | |
2077 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2078 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2080 | |
2081 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2082 | |
2083 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2084 *Oriental holidays. | |
2085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2086 | |
2087 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2088 | |
2089 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2090 *Local holidays. | |
2091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2092 | |
2093 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2094 | |
2095 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2096 *User defined holidays. | |
2097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2098 | |
2099 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2100 | |
2101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2102 | |
2103 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2104 | |
2105 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2106 | |
2107 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2108 | |
2109 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2110 | |
2111 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2112 | |
2113 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2114 | |
2115 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2116 | |
2117 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2118 *Jewish holidays. | |
2119 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2120 | |
2121 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2122 | |
2123 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2124 *Christian holidays. | |
2125 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2126 | |
2127 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2128 | |
2129 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2130 *Islamic holidays. | |
2131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2132 | |
2133 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2134 | |
2135 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2136 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2137 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2138 | |
2139 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2140 | |
2141 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2142 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2143 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2144 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2145 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2146 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2147 | |
2148 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2149 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2150 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2151 | |
2152 ;;;*** | |
2153 | |
27321 | 2154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2156 | |
2157 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2158 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2159 | |
2160 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2161 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2162 | |
2163 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2164 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2165 | |
2166 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2167 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2168 | |
2169 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2170 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2171 | |
2172 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2173 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2174 | |
2175 ;;;*** | |
2176 | |
2177 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2178 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
27321 | 2179 ;;;;;; (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2181 | |
2182 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2183 | |
2184 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2185 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2187 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2188 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2189 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2190 | |
2191 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2192 | |
2193 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2194 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2195 run first. | |
2196 | |
2197 Key bindings: | |
2198 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2199 | |
2200 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2201 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2202 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2203 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2204 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2205 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2206 message. | |
2207 | |
2208 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2209 | |
2210 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2211 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2212 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2213 | |
2214 Key bindings: | |
2215 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2216 | |
2217 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2218 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2219 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2220 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2221 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2222 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2223 message. | |
2224 | |
2225 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2226 | |
2227 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2228 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2229 is run first. | |
2230 | |
2231 Key bindings: | |
2232 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2233 | |
2234 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2235 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2238 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2240 message. | |
2241 | |
2242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2243 | |
2244 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2245 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2246 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2247 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2248 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2249 | |
2250 Key bindings: | |
2251 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2252 | |
2253 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2257 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2259 message. | |
2260 | |
2261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2262 | |
2263 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2264 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2265 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2266 | |
2267 Key bindings: | |
2268 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2269 | |
2270 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2271 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2272 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2273 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2274 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2275 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2276 message. | |
2277 | |
2278 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2279 | |
2280 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2281 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2282 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2283 | |
2284 Key bindings: | |
2285 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2286 | |
2287 ;;;*** | |
2288 | |
2289 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
27321 | 2290 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2292 | |
2293 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2294 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2295 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2296 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2297 for details of setting up styles. | |
2298 | |
2299 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2300 style name. |
2301 | |
2302 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2303 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2304 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2305 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2306 will be reassigned. | |
2307 | |
2308 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2309 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2310 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2311 |
2312 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2313 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2314 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2315 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2316 | |
2317 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2318 | |
2319 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2320 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2321 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2322 | |
2323 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2324 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2325 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2326 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2327 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2328 | |
2329 ;;;*** | |
2330 | |
27321 | 2331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707)) |
25876 | 2332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2333 | |
2334 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2335 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2336 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2337 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2338 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2339 | |
26899 | 2340 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2341 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2342 |
2343 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2344 `infodock'.") | |
2345 | |
2346 ;;;*** | |
2347 | |
2348 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2349 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
28162 | 2350 ;;;;;; (14543 61454)) |
25876 | 2351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2352 | |
2353 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2354 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2355 | |
2356 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2357 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2358 | |
2359 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2360 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2361 | |
2362 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2363 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2364 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2365 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2366 execution. | |
2367 | |
2368 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2369 | |
2370 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2371 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2372 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'. | |
2373 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro)) | |
2374 | |
2375 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2376 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2377 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2378 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2379 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2380 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2381 | |
2382 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2383 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
2384 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil) | |
2385 | |
2386 ;;;*** | |
2387 | |
2388 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2389 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2390 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2391 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2392 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2393 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2394 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2395 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
27545 | 2396 ;;;;;; (14482 54417)) |
25876 | 2397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2398 | |
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2400 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2401 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2402 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2403 | |
2404 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2405 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2406 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2407 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2408 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2409 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2410 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2411 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2412 | |
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2414 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2415 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2416 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2417 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2418 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2419 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2420 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2421 | |
2422 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2423 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2424 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2425 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2426 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2427 | |
2428 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2429 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2430 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2431 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2432 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2433 | |
2434 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2435 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2436 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2437 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2438 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2439 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2440 | |
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2442 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2443 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2444 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2445 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2446 | |
2447 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2448 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2450 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2451 if there is one. | |
2452 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2453 | |
2454 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2455 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2456 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2457 | |
2458 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2459 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2460 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2461 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2462 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2463 | |
2464 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2465 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2466 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2467 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2468 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2469 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2470 | |
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2472 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2473 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2475 | |
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2478 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2480 | |
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2482 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2483 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2484 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2485 | |
2486 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2487 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2488 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2489 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2490 | |
2491 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2492 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2493 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2494 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2495 | |
2496 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2497 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2498 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2499 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2500 | |
2501 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2502 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2503 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2504 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
2505 | |
2506 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2507 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
2508 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2509 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
2510 | |
2511 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2512 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
2513 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2514 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
2515 | |
2516 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2517 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
2518 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
2519 | |
2520 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
2521 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
2522 checking of documentation strings. | |
2523 | |
2524 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil) | |
2525 | |
2526 ;;;*** | |
2527 | |
2528 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
28919 | 2529 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623 |
2530 ;;;;;; 45987)) | |
25876 | 2531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
2532 | |
2533 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2534 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
2535 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2536 | |
2537 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2538 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
2539 | |
2540 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2541 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
2542 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2543 | |
2544 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2545 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
2546 | |
2547 ;;;*** | |
2548 | |
27321 | 2549 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
2550 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307)) | |
25876 | 2551 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
2552 | |
2553 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
2554 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
2555 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
2556 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
2557 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
2558 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
2559 | |
2560 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
2561 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
2562 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2563 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
2564 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
2565 | |
2566 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
2567 | |
27321 | 2568 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
2569 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
25876 | 2570 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
2571 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
2572 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
2573 | |
2574 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
2575 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
2576 \\{command-history-map} | |
27321 | 2577 |
2578 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
2579 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 2580 |
2581 ;;;*** | |
2582 | |
28919 | 2583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14617 51703)) |
25876 | 2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
2585 | |
2586 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
2587 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
2588 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
2589 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
2590 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
2591 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
2592 | |
2593 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
2594 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
2595 | |
2596 ;;;*** | |
2597 | |
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
27949 | 2599 ;;;;;; (14518 39681)) |
25876 | 2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
2601 | |
2602 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
2603 | |
2604 ;;;*** | |
2605 | |
2606 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
26724 | 2607 ;;;;;; (14368 26241)) |
25876 | 2608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
2609 | |
2610 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
2611 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
2612 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
2613 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
2614 | |
2615 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
2616 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
2617 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
2618 | |
2619 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
2620 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
2621 | |
2622 ;;;*** | |
2623 | |
28077 | 2624 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535 |
2625 ;;;;;; 44845)) | |
25876 | 2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
2627 | |
2628 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
2629 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
2630 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
2631 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
2632 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' | |
2633 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
2634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
2635 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
2636 | |
2637 ;;;*** | |
2638 | |
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
2640 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
25998 | 2641 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038)) |
25876 | 2642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
2643 | |
2644 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2645 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
2646 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
2647 ASCII table. | |
2648 | |
2649 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
2650 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
2651 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
2652 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
2653 | |
2654 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2655 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
2656 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2657 | |
2658 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2659 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
2660 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2661 | |
2662 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2663 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
2664 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2665 | |
2666 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
2667 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
2668 | |
2669 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
2670 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
2671 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
2672 | |
2673 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
2674 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
2675 | |
2676 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
2677 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
2678 | |
2679 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
2680 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
2681 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
2682 | |
2683 ;;;*** | |
2684 | |
26724 | 2685 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
2686 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
28919 | 2687 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14619 5053)) |
25876 | 2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
2689 | |
2690 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ | |
2691 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
2692 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
2693 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2694 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2695 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2696 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2697 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2698 | |
2699 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2700 | |
2701 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
2702 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
2703 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
2704 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
2705 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
2706 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
2707 | |
26724 | 2708 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
2709 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2710 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2711 | |
2712 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2713 | |
2714 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
2715 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2716 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2717 | |
2718 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2719 | |
2720 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
2721 Send COMMAND to current process. | |
2722 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2723 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2724 |
2725 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
2726 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. | |
2727 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. | |
26899 | 2728 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 2729 |
25876 | 2730 ;;;*** |
2731 | |
2732 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220 | |
25998 | 2733 ;;;;;; 18289)) |
25876 | 2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
2735 | |
2736 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
2737 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
2738 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
2739 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
2740 | |
2741 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
2742 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
2743 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
2744 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
2745 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
2746 | |
2747 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
2748 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
2749 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
2750 | |
2751 ;;;*** | |
2752 | |
2753 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
2754 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
2755 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
28939 | 2756 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14625 19427)) |
25876 | 2757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
2758 | |
2759 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
2760 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
2761 | |
2762 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
2763 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
2764 | |
2765 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
2766 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
2767 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
2768 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
2769 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
2770 | |
2771 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
2772 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
2773 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
2774 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
2775 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
2776 | |
2777 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
2778 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2779 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
2780 describing how the process finished.") | |
2781 | |
2782 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
2783 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
2784 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
2785 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
2786 | |
2787 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 2788 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 2789 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
2790 | |
2791 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
2792 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
2793 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
2794 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
2795 | |
2796 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
2797 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
2798 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
2799 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
2800 | |
2801 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
2802 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
2803 | |
2804 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
2805 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
2806 | |
2807 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
2808 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
2809 Then start the next one. | |
2810 | |
2811 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
2812 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
2813 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
2814 | |
2815 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
2816 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
2817 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
2818 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
2819 where grep found matches. | |
2820 | |
2821 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2822 easily repeat a grep command. | |
2823 | |
2824 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
2825 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
2826 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
2827 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
2828 | |
2829 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 2830 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
2831 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 2832 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
2833 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
2834 | |
2835 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
2836 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
2837 | |
2838 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2839 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
2840 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
2841 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
2842 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
2843 | |
2844 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
2845 | |
2846 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2847 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
2848 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2849 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2850 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2851 | |
2852 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
2853 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
2854 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
2855 See `compilation-mode'. | |
2856 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
2857 | |
2858 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
2859 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
2860 | |
2861 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
2862 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
2863 | |
2864 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move; | |
2865 negative means move back to previous error messages. | |
2866 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer | |
2867 and start at the first error. | |
2868 | |
2869 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
2870 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
2871 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
2872 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
2873 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
2874 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
2875 | |
2876 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
2877 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
2878 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
2879 | |
2880 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
2881 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
2882 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
2883 | |
2884 ;;;*** | |
2885 | |
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" | |
26724 | 2887 ;;;;;; (14393 17619)) |
25876 | 2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
2889 | |
2890 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ | |
2891 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
2892 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
2893 | |
2894 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
2895 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
2896 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
2897 as much as possible. | |
2898 | |
2899 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
2900 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
2901 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
2902 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
2903 | |
2904 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
2905 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
2906 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
2907 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
2908 | |
2909 ;;;*** | |
2910 | |
2911 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
27949 | 2912 ;;;;;; (14495 17962)) |
25876 | 2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
2914 | |
2915 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
2916 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
2917 | |
2918 ;;;*** | |
2919 | |
26899 | 2920 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
2921 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
2922 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
26963 | 2923 ;;;;;; (14422 57499)) |
26899 | 2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
2925 | |
2926 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
2927 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
2928 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
2929 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
2930 `make-composition'. | |
2931 | |
2932 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
2933 | |
2934 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
2935 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
2936 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
2937 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
2938 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
2939 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
2940 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
2941 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
2942 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
2943 | |
2944 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
2945 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
2946 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
2947 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
2948 be added. | |
2949 | |
2950 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
2951 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as | |
2952 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
2953 | |
2954 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
2955 | | | | |
2956 | global| | | |
2957 | glyph | | | |
2958 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
2959 +----+--*--+ | |
2960 | | new | | |
2961 | |glyph| | |
2962 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
2963 ") | |
2964 | |
2965 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2966 Compose characters in the current region. | |
2967 | |
2968 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
2969 | |
2970 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
2971 specifying the region. | |
2972 | |
2973 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
2974 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
2975 | |
2976 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
2977 of the text in the region. | |
2978 | |
2979 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
2980 | |
2981 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
2982 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
2983 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
2984 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
2985 | |
2986 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
2987 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
2988 detail. | |
2989 | |
2990 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
2991 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
2992 text in the composition." t nil) | |
2993 | |
2994 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
2995 Decompose text in the current region. | |
2996 | |
2997 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
2998 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
2999 | |
3000 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3001 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
3002 | |
3003 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
3004 the characters in it. | |
3005 | |
3006 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
3007 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
3008 STRING respectively. | |
3009 | |
3010 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3011 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
3012 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
3013 | |
3014 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3015 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3016 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
3017 | |
3018 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3019 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
3020 | |
3021 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3022 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
3023 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
3024 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
3025 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
3026 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
3027 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
3028 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
3029 | |
3030 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
3031 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
3032 | |
3033 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
3034 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
3035 | |
3036 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
3037 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
3038 | |
3039 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
3040 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
3041 | |
3042 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
3043 | |
3044 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
3045 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
3046 | |
3047 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
3048 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
3049 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
3050 | |
3051 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
3052 | |
3053 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3054 | |
3055 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3056 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3057 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3058 | |
3059 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3060 | |
3061 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
3062 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0) | |
3063 | |
3064 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\ | |
3065 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition. | |
3066 | |
3067 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs | |
3068 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible | |
3069 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called | |
3070 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function | |
3071 `compose-chars-after' for more detail. | |
3072 | |
3073 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when | |
3074 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.") | |
3075 | |
3076 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ | |
3077 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3078 | |
3079 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3080 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3081 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3082 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3083 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3084 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3085 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3086 nil. | |
3087 | |
3088 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3089 is: | |
3090 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3091 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3092 | |
3093 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3094 | |
3095 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) | |
3096 | |
3097 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3098 Compose last characters. | |
3099 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N), | |
3100 where N is the number of characters before point to compose. | |
3101 This function is intended to be used from input methods. | |
3102 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
3103 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N) | |
3104 after a sequence character events." t nil) | |
3105 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3106 | |
3107 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3108 Convert CHAR to string. | |
3109 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3110 | |
3111 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3112 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3113 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3114 | |
3115 ;;;*** | |
3116 | |
25876 | 3117 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
25998 | 3118 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685)) |
25876 | 3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3120 | |
3121 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3122 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3123 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3124 | |
3125 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3126 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3127 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3128 | |
3129 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3130 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3131 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3132 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3133 | |
3134 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3135 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3136 | |
3137 ;;;*** | |
3138 | |
3139 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
27545 | 3140 ;;;;;; (14463 42213)) |
25876 | 3141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3142 | |
3143 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3144 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3145 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3146 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3147 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3148 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3149 | |
3150 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3151 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3152 | |
3153 ;;;*** | |
3154 | |
3155 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
27321 | 3156 ;;;;;; (14456 48530)) |
25876 | 3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3158 | |
3159 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3160 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3161 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3162 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3163 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3164 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3165 | |
3166 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3167 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3168 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3169 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3170 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3171 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3172 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3173 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3174 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3175 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3176 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3177 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3178 | |
3179 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3180 | |
3181 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, | |
3182 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. | |
3183 | |
3184 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3185 | |
3186 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3187 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3188 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3189 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3190 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3191 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3192 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3193 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
3194 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). | |
3195 | |
3196 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3197 | |
3198 bite if angry; | |
3199 | |
3200 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3201 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3202 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3203 to nil.) | |
3204 | |
3205 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3206 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3207 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3208 | |
3209 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3210 | |
3211 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3212 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
3213 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual | |
3214 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
3215 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. | |
3216 | |
3217 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3218 | |
3219 if (A) { B } | |
3220 | |
3221 into | |
3222 | |
3223 B if A; | |
3224 | |
3225 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3226 | |
3227 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3228 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3229 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3230 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3231 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3232 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3233 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3234 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3235 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3236 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3237 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3238 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3239 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3240 | |
3241 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3242 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3243 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3244 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
3245 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' | |
3246 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). | |
3247 | |
3248 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3249 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3250 man via menu. | |
3251 | |
3252 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3253 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3254 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3255 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3256 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3257 | |
3258 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3259 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3260 span the needed amount of lines. | |
3261 | |
3262 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3263 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3264 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3265 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3266 | |
3267 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3268 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3269 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3270 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3271 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3272 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3273 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3274 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3275 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3276 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
3277 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and | |
3278 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
3279 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' | |
3280 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3281 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3282 `cperl-indent-level' | |
3283 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3284 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3285 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3286 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3287 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3288 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3289 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3290 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3291 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3292 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3293 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3294 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3295 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3296 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3297 `cperl-label-offset' | |
3298 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3299 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3300 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3301 | |
3302 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3303 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3304 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3305 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3306 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3307 | |
3308 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3309 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3310 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3311 \(both available from menu). | |
3312 | |
3313 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
3314 column 0 is indented on | |
3315 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3316 | |
3317 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3318 with no args. | |
3319 | |
3320 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3321 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3322 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3323 | |
3324 ;;;*** | |
3325 | |
3326 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
28523 | 3327 ;;;;;; (14568 36509)) |
25876 | 3328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
3329 | |
3330 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3331 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3332 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3333 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3334 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3335 | |
3336 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3337 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3338 | |
3339 ;;;*** | |
3340 | |
3341 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
25998 | 3342 ;;;;;; (14302 38178)) |
25876 | 3343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3344 | |
3345 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3346 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3347 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3348 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3349 | |
3350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3351 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3352 | |
3353 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3354 | |
3355 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3356 | |
3357 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
3358 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode. | |
3359 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) | |
3360 | |
3361 ;;;*** | |
3362 | |
28710 | 3363 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
28764 | 3364 ;;;;;; (14600 8203)) |
28710 | 3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
3366 | |
3367 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
3368 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
3369 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
3370 single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
3371 | |
3372 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
3373 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
3374 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
3375 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
3376 | |
3377 The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
3378 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
3379 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
3380 | |
3381 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | |
3382 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | |
3383 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
3384 | |
3385 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
3386 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
3387 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
3388 | |
3389 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
3390 | |
3391 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
3392 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
3393 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil) | |
3394 | |
3395 ;;;*** | |
3396 | |
25876 | 3397 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
3398 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
3399 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
3400 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
3401 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
3402 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
3403 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
3404 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
28764 | 3405 ;;;;;; (14599 11147)) |
25876 | 3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
3407 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
3408 | |
3409 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3410 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3411 | |
3412 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3413 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3414 | |
3415 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3416 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3417 | |
3418 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3419 |
3420 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3421 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3422 | |
3423 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3424 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3425 | |
3426 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3427 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3428 | |
3429 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3430 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3431 | |
3432 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3433 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3434 | |
3435 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3436 |
3437 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3438 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3439 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3440 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3441 | |
3442 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3443 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3444 | |
3445 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3446 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3447 | |
3448 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 3449 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3450 | |
3451 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 3452 |
3453 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3454 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3455 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3456 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3457 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3458 | |
3459 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3460 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3461 | |
3462 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3463 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3464 | |
3465 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3466 | |
3467 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3468 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3469 | |
3470 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3471 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3472 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3473 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3474 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3475 | |
3476 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3477 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3478 version." t nil) | |
3479 | |
3480 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3481 | |
3482 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3483 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3484 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3485 | |
3486 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3487 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
3488 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
3489 | |
3490 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
28162 | 3491 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil) |
25876 | 3492 |
3493 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3494 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
3495 | |
3496 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3497 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
3498 | |
3499 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3500 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3501 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
3502 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
3503 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
3504 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
3505 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
3506 | |
3507 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3508 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3509 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
3510 | |
3511 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3512 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3513 | |
3514 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3515 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3516 | |
3517 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3518 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3519 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3520 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3521 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3522 that option." nil nil) | |
3523 | |
3524 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3525 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3526 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3527 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3528 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3529 that option." nil nil) | |
3530 | |
3531 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3532 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
3533 | |
3534 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
3535 File used for storing customization information. | |
3536 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
3537 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 3538 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
3539 | |
3540 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
3541 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
3542 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
3543 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 3544 |
3545 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3546 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
3547 | |
3548 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3549 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
3550 | |
3551 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3552 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
3553 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3554 | |
3555 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3556 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 3557 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 3558 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
3559 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3560 | |
3561 ;;;*** | |
3562 | |
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
27949 | 3564 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892)) |
25876 | 3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
3566 | |
3567 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
3568 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
3569 | |
3570 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
3571 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
3572 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
3573 | |
25998 | 3574 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 3575 |
3576 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
3577 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 3578 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 3579 |
3580 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
3581 | |
3582 ;;;*** | |
3583 | |
28288 | 3584 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
28919 | 3585 ;;;;;; (14619 3306)) |
28162 | 3586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
3587 | |
3588 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
28288 | 3589 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil) |
28162 | 3590 |
3591 ;;;*** | |
3592 | |
26963 | 3593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
3594 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379)) | |
3595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el | |
3596 | |
3597 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3598 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions. | |
3599 | |
3600 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
3601 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
3602 C++ modes are included. | |
3603 | |
3604 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3605 | |
3606 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3607 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
3608 | |
3609 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
3610 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
3611 | |
3612 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3613 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
3614 | |
3615 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3616 | |
3617 ;;;*** | |
3618 | |
25876 | 3619 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
28919 | 3620 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
3621 ;;;;;; (14623 45987)) | |
25876 | 3622 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
3623 | |
3624 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3625 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3626 | |
3627 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3628 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3629 | |
3630 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3631 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
3632 For readability, the table is slightly | |
3633 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
3634 | |
3635 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
3636 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
3637 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
3638 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
3639 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
3640 | |
3641 ;;;*** | |
3642 | |
3643 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
28523 | 3644 ;;;;;; (14568 46430)) |
25876 | 3645 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
3646 | |
3647 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
3648 | |
3649 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
3650 | |
3651 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3652 Completion on current word. | |
3653 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
3654 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
3655 | |
3656 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
3657 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
3658 completions. | |
3659 | |
3660 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
3661 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
3662 | |
3663 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
3664 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
3665 | |
3666 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3667 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
3668 | |
3669 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
3670 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
3671 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
3672 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
3673 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
3674 | |
3675 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
3676 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
3677 | |
3678 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
3679 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
3680 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
3681 | |
3682 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
3683 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
3684 | |
3685 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
3686 | |
3687 ;;;*** | |
3688 | |
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
27321 | 3690 ;;;;;; 38927)) |
25876 | 3691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
3692 | |
3693 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
3694 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
3695 | |
3696 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
3697 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
3698 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
3699 | |
3700 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
3701 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
3702 Data lines are not indented. | |
3703 | |
3704 Key bindings: | |
3705 | |
3706 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
3707 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
3708 | |
3709 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
3710 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
3711 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
3712 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
3713 | |
3714 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
3715 | |
3716 dcl-basic-offset | |
3717 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
3718 | |
3719 dcl-continuation-offset | |
3720 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
3721 | |
3722 dcl-margin-offset | |
3723 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
3724 | |
3725 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
3726 Indentation for a label. | |
3727 | |
3728 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
3729 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
3730 | |
3731 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
3732 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3733 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
3734 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
3735 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
3736 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
3737 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
3738 | |
3739 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
3740 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
3741 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
3742 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
3743 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
3744 | |
3745 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
3746 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
3747 One such function is included in the package: | |
3748 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
3749 | |
3750 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
3751 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
3752 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
3753 margin. | |
3754 | |
3755 dcl-electric-characters | |
3756 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
3757 typed. | |
3758 | |
3759 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
3760 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
3761 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
3762 | |
3763 dcl-tempo-comma | |
3764 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
3765 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
3766 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
3767 | |
3768 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
3769 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
3770 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
3771 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
3772 | |
3773 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
3774 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
3775 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
3776 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
3777 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
3778 | |
3779 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
3780 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3781 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
3782 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
3783 | |
3784 | |
3785 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
3786 | |
3787 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
3788 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
3789 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
3790 $ i = 1 | |
3791 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
3792 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
3793 $ label: | |
3794 $ if i.eq.1 | |
3795 $ then | |
3796 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
3797 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3798 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
3799 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
3800 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
3801 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
3802 $ type sys$input | |
3803 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
3804 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
3805 $ endif | |
3806 $ | |
3807 " t nil) | |
3808 | |
3809 ;;;*** | |
3810 | |
3811 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
28212 | 3812 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510)) |
25876 | 3813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
3814 | |
3815 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
3816 | |
3817 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
3818 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
3819 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
3820 of the evaluator. | |
3821 | |
3822 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
3823 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
3824 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
3825 | |
3826 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3827 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
3828 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
3829 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
3830 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
3831 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
3832 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
3833 | |
3834 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
3835 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
3836 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
3837 | |
3838 ;;;*** | |
3839 | |
3840 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
25998 | 3841 ;;;;;; (13875 47403)) |
25876 | 3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
3843 | |
3844 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
3845 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
3846 | |
3847 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
3848 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
3849 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
3850 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
3851 | |
3852 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
3853 modify it. | |
3854 | |
3855 The most useful commands are: | |
3856 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
3857 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
3858 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
3859 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
3860 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
3861 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
3862 | |
3863 ;;;*** | |
3864 | |
25998 | 3865 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region) |
26724 | 3866 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903)) |
25998 | 3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
3868 | |
3869 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ | |
3870 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
3871 | |
3872 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
3873 | |
3874 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
3875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
3876 | |
3877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
3878 | |
3879 ;;;*** | |
3880 | |
27949 | 3881 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505 |
3882 ;;;;;; 12112)) | |
25998 | 3883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
3884 | |
3885 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
3886 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
3887 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
3888 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
3889 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
3890 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
3891 | |
3892 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
3893 | |
3894 Customization: | |
3895 | |
3896 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
3897 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
3898 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
3899 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
3900 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
3901 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
3902 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
3903 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3905 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
3906 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
3907 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
3908 blank line. | |
3909 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
3910 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
3911 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
3912 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
3913 | |
3914 Coloring: | |
3915 | |
3916 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
3917 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
3918 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
3919 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
3920 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
3921 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
3922 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
3923 Face used to color everything else. | |
3924 | |
3925 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
3926 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
3927 | |
3928 ;;;*** | |
3929 | |
25876 | 3930 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel" |
26724 | 3931 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534)) |
25876 | 3932 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
3933 | |
3934 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
3935 | |
3936 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ | |
3937 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3938 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
3939 positive. | |
3940 | |
3941 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
3942 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
3943 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
3944 any selection." t nil) | |
3945 | |
3946 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ | |
3947 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
3948 See command `delete-selection-mode'. | |
3949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3950 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
3951 | |
3952 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3953 | |
3954 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
3955 | |
3956 ;;;*** | |
3957 | |
28288 | 3958 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el" |
3959 ;;;;;; (14552 48685)) | |
25876 | 3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
3961 | |
3962 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ | |
26724 | 3963 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 3964 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
3965 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
3966 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
3967 | |
3968 ;;;*** | |
3969 | |
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
28724 | 3971 ;;;;;; (14598 57772)) |
25876 | 3972 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
3973 | |
3974 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
3975 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
3976 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
3977 | |
3978 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
3979 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
3980 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
3981 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
3982 | |
3983 ;;;*** | |
3984 | |
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
3986 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
3987 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
3988 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
3989 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
3990 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
28919 | 3991 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" |
3992 ;;;;;; (14623 45988)) | |
25876 | 3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
3994 | |
3995 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 3996 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
3997 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3998 |
3999 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4000 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
4001 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
25876 | 4002 |
4003 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4004 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
4005 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4006 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4007 |
4008 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4009 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
4010 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4011 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
25876 | 4012 |
4013 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4014 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
25876 | 4015 |
4016 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4017 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
25876 | 4018 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
4019 | |
4020 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
26899 | 4021 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
25876 | 4022 |
4023 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4024 | |
4025 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4026 | |
4027 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4028 | |
4029 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4030 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
4031 | |
4032 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4033 | |
4034 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4035 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
4036 | |
4037 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4038 | |
4039 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4040 | |
4041 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4042 | |
4043 ;;;*** | |
4044 | |
4045 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
28710 | 4046 ;;;;;; (14587 2634)) |
25876 | 4047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
4048 | |
4049 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4050 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
4051 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
4052 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4053 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4054 | |
4055 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4056 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4057 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4058 | |
4059 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4060 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4061 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4062 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4063 | |
4064 #!/bin/sh | |
4065 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4066 emacs -batch \\ | |
4067 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4068 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4069 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
4070 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
4071 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
4072 | |
4073 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4074 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4075 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4076 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4077 | |
4078 ;;;*** | |
4079 | |
4080 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
25998 | 4081 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414)) |
25876 | 4082 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4083 | |
4084 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4085 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4086 | |
4087 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4088 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4089 | |
4090 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4091 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4092 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4093 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4094 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4095 | |
4096 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4097 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4098 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4099 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4100 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4101 | |
4102 ;;;*** | |
4103 | |
26899 | 4104 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
28919 | 4105 ;;;;;; (14619 3306)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4106 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4107 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4108 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 4109 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4110 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4111 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4112 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4113 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4114 |
26899 | 4115 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4116 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4117 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4118 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4119 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4120 |
25876 | 4121 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4122 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4123 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4124 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
28939 | 4125 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14625 18742)) |
25876 | 4126 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4127 | |
4128 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4129 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4130 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4131 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4132 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4133 | |
4134 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4135 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4136 | |
4137 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4138 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4139 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4140 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4141 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4142 | |
4143 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4144 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4145 | |
4146 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4147 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4148 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4149 always set this variable to t.") | |
4150 | |
4151 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4152 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4153 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4154 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4155 | |
4156 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4157 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4158 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4159 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4160 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4161 | |
4162 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4163 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4164 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4165 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4166 | |
4167 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4168 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4169 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4170 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4171 | |
4172 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4173 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4174 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4175 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4176 | |
4177 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4178 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4179 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4180 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4181 | |
4182 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4183 | |
4184 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4185 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4186 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4187 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4188 | |
4189 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4190 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4191 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4192 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4193 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4194 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4195 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4196 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4197 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4198 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4199 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4200 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4201 | |
4202 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4203 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4204 | |
4205 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4206 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4207 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4208 | |
4209 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4210 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4211 | |
4212 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4213 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4214 | |
4215 ;;;*** | |
4216 | |
28939 | 4217 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace-regexp dired-do-search |
4218 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up | |
4219 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
4220 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir | |
4221 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
26899 | 4222 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
4223 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4224 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4225 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4226 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4227 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4228 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
28939 | 4229 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14625 18672)) |
25876 | 4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4231 | |
4232 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4233 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
4234 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
4235 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4236 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4237 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4238 | |
4239 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4240 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4241 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4242 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4243 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4244 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4245 | |
4246 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4247 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4248 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4249 | |
4250 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4251 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4252 | |
4253 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4254 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4255 | |
4256 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4257 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4258 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4259 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4260 | |
4261 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4262 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4263 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4264 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4265 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4266 | |
4267 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4268 | |
4269 Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4270 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4271 just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4272 | |
26899 | 4273 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4274 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
4275 instead of att the end of the command. | |
4276 | |
25876 | 4277 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4278 telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4279 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4280 | |
4281 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
25998 | 4282 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4283 | |
4284 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4285 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 4286 |
4287 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4288 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4289 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4290 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4291 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4292 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4293 | |
4294 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4295 | |
4296 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4297 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4298 | |
4299 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4300 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4301 | |
4302 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4303 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4304 | |
4305 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4306 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4307 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4308 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4309 | |
4310 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4311 | |
4312 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4313 | |
4314 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4315 | |
4316 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4317 | |
4318 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4319 | |
4320 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4321 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4322 | |
4323 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4324 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4325 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4326 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4327 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4328 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
4329 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4330 | |
4331 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4332 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4333 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4334 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4335 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
4336 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4337 | |
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4339 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4340 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4341 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4342 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
4343 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4344 | |
4345 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4346 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4347 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4348 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
4349 | |
4350 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4351 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4352 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
4353 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
4354 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
4355 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
4356 | |
4357 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
4358 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
4359 | |
4360 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4361 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4362 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4363 | |
4364 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4365 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4366 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4367 | |
4368 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4369 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4370 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4371 | |
4372 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
4374 | |
4375 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4376 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
4377 | |
4378 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4379 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4380 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
4381 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4382 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
4383 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4384 this subdirectory. | |
4385 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4386 | |
26899 | 4387 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4388 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4389 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
4390 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4391 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
4392 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4393 this subdirectory. | |
4394 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4395 | |
25876 | 4396 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4397 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
4398 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
4399 | |
4400 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4401 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
4402 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
4403 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
4404 | |
4405 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4406 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
4407 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
4408 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
4409 | |
4410 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4411 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
4412 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
4413 | |
4414 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4415 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4416 | |
4417 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4418 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4419 | |
4420 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4421 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
4422 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
4423 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
4424 | |
4425 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4426 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
4427 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
4428 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
4429 | |
4430 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4431 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
4432 Stops when a match is found. | |
4433 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4434 | |
28939 | 4435 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
25876 | 4436 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
4437 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
4438 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
4439 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4440 | |
4441 ;;;*** | |
4442 | |
27949 | 4443 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402)) |
25876 | 4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
4445 | |
4446 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
4447 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
4448 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
4449 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
4450 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
4451 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
4452 | |
4453 ;;;*** | |
4454 | |
25998 | 4455 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315)) |
25876 | 4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
4457 | |
4458 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
4459 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
4460 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
4461 | |
4462 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
4463 | |
4464 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
4465 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
4466 | |
4467 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
4468 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
4469 " nil nil) | |
4470 | |
4471 ;;;*** | |
4472 | |
4473 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
25998 | 4474 ;;;;;; 9615)) |
25876 | 4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
4476 | |
4477 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
4478 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
4479 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
4480 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
4481 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
4482 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
4483 | |
4484 ;;;*** | |
4485 | |
4486 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
4487 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
4488 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
4489 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
26724 | 4490 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070)) |
25876 | 4491 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
4492 | |
4493 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4494 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
4495 | |
4496 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4497 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
4498 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
4499 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4500 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4501 | |
4502 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4503 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
4504 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
4505 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4506 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4507 | |
4508 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4509 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
4510 | |
4511 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4512 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
4513 | |
4514 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
4515 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
4516 | |
4517 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
4518 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
4519 | |
4520 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
4521 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
4522 | |
4523 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
4524 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
4525 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
4526 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
4527 | |
4528 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
4529 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
4530 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
4531 X frame." nil nil) | |
4532 | |
4533 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
4534 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
4535 | |
4536 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil) | |
4537 | |
4538 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
4539 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
4540 | |
4541 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
4542 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
4543 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
4544 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
4545 | |
4546 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
4547 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
4548 European character display. | |
4549 | |
4550 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
4551 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
4552 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
4553 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
4554 | |
4555 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
4556 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
4557 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
4558 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 4559 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 4560 |
4561 ;;;*** | |
4562 | |
4563 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
25998 | 4564 ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
25876 | 4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
4566 | |
4567 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
4568 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
4569 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
4570 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
4571 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
4572 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
4573 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
4574 Default is 2." t nil) | |
4575 | |
4576 ;;;*** | |
4577 | |
25998 | 4578 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573)) |
25876 | 4579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
4580 | |
4581 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
4582 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
4583 | |
4584 ;;;*** | |
4585 | |
25998 | 4586 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
4587 ;;;;;; (14288 20375)) | |
25876 | 4588 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
4589 | |
25998 | 4590 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
4591 Toggle Double mode. | |
4592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4593 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
4594 | |
4595 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4596 | |
4597 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
4598 | |
25876 | 4599 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
4600 Toggle Double mode. | |
4601 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
4602 | |
4603 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
4604 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
4605 | |
4606 ;;;*** | |
4607 | |
27321 | 4608 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546)) |
25876 | 4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
4610 | |
4611 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
4612 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
4613 | |
4614 ;;;*** | |
4615 | |
4616 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
27321 | 4617 ;;;;;; (14030 48685)) |
25876 | 4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
4619 | |
4620 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
4621 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
4622 | |
4623 ;;;*** | |
4624 | |
28288 | 4625 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap |
4626 ;;;;;; define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" | |
4627 ;;;;;; (14552 48943)) | |
25876 | 4628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
4629 | |
26724 | 4630 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
4631 | |
4632 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 4633 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
4634 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap, | |
4635 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle'). | |
4636 | |
4637 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 4638 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
25876 | 4639 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on. |
4640 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. | |
4641 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' | |
4642 in order to build a valid keymap. | |
26724 | 4643 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
4644 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 4645 |
28162 | 4646 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) |
4647 | |
4648 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) | |
4649 | |
28288 | 4650 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ |
4651 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
4652 | |
4653 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
4654 | |
4655 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
4656 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). | |
4657 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
4658 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
4659 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
4660 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
4661 hooks for the new mode. | |
4662 | |
4663 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
4664 | |
4665 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
4666 | |
4667 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
4668 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
4669 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
4670 | |
4671 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
4672 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
4673 | |
4674 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
4675 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
4676 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
4677 | |
4678 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
4679 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
4680 | |
25876 | 4681 ;;;*** |
4682 | |
4683 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
28523 | 4684 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14574 |
4685 ;;;;;; 18612)) | |
25876 | 4686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
4687 | |
4688 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
4689 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
4690 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
4691 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
4692 | |
4693 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
4694 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
4695 | |
4696 :filter FUNCTION | |
4697 | |
4698 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
4699 menu displayed. | |
4700 | |
4701 :visible INCLUDE | |
4702 | |
4703 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
4704 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
4705 | |
4706 :active ENABLE | |
4707 | |
4708 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
4709 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4710 | |
4711 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
4712 | |
4713 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
4714 | |
4715 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
4716 | |
4717 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
4718 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
4719 | |
4720 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4721 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4722 | |
26724 | 4723 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 4724 |
4725 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
4726 | |
4727 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
4728 | |
4729 :keys KEYS | |
4730 | |
4731 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
4732 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
4733 computed automatically. | |
4734 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
4735 | |
4736 :key-sequence KEYS | |
4737 | |
4738 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this | |
4739 menu item. | |
4740 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of | |
4741 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no | |
4742 keyboard equivalent. | |
4743 | |
4744 :active ENABLE | |
4745 | |
4746 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
4747 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4748 | |
4749 :included INCLUDE | |
4750 | |
4751 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
4752 expression has a non-nil value. | |
4753 | |
4754 :suffix NAME | |
4755 | |
4756 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK. | |
4757 | |
4758 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 4759 |
25876 | 4760 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 4761 defined: |
25876 | 4762 |
4763 toggle: A checkbox. | |
4764 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4765 radio: A radio button. | |
4766 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
4767 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the | |
4768 menu bar itself. | |
4769 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
4770 | |
4771 :selected SELECTED | |
4772 | |
4773 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
4774 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
4775 | |
28523 | 4776 :help HELP |
4777 | |
4778 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
4779 | |
25876 | 4780 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
4781 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
4782 as a solid horizontal line. | |
4783 | |
4784 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
4785 | |
4786 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
4787 | |
4788 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
4789 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
4790 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
4791 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4792 | |
4793 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
4794 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 4795 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
4796 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
4797 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
4798 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
4799 | |
4800 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
4801 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
4802 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 4803 |
4804 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
4805 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
4806 | |
4807 ;;;*** | |
4808 | |
27545 | 4809 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
4810 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
4811 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
4812 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
4813 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667)) | |
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el | |
4815 | |
4816 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4817 Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
4818 | |
4819 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4820 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
4821 | |
4822 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
4823 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
4824 it to the printer. | |
4825 | |
4826 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
4827 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
4828 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
4829 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
4830 | |
4831 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4832 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
4833 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
4834 | |
4835 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4836 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
4837 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
4838 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
4839 | |
4840 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
4841 | |
4842 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4843 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
4844 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
4845 | |
4846 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
4847 | |
4848 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4849 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
4850 | |
4851 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
4852 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
4853 | |
4854 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
4855 | |
4856 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
4857 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
4858 | |
4859 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
4860 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
4861 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
4862 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
4863 | |
4864 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
4865 | |
4866 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4867 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
4868 | |
4869 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
4870 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
4871 | |
4872 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
4873 | |
4874 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
4875 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
4876 | |
4877 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
4878 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
4879 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
4880 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
4881 | |
4882 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
4883 | |
4884 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
4885 | |
4886 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4887 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
4888 | |
4889 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4890 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
4891 | |
4892 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4893 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
4894 | |
4895 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4896 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
4897 | |
4898 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4899 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
4900 | |
4901 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4902 Set STYLE to current style. | |
4903 | |
4904 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4905 | |
4906 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4907 Reset current style. | |
4908 | |
4909 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4910 | |
4911 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4912 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
4913 | |
4914 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4915 | |
4916 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
4917 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
4918 | |
4919 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
4920 | |
4921 ;;;*** | |
4922 | |
28523 | 4923 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace |
4924 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree | |
28919 | 4925 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14613 |
4926 ;;;;;; 26536)) | |
28523 | 4927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
4928 | |
4929 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
4930 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
4931 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
4932 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
4933 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
4934 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
4935 | |
4936 Tree mode key bindings: | |
28542 | 4937 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil) |
28523 | 4938 |
4939 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
4940 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil) | |
4941 | |
4942 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil) | |
4943 | |
4944 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
4945 Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
4946 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
4947 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil) | |
4948 | |
4949 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
4950 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
4951 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil) | |
4952 | |
4953 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ | |
4954 Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
4955 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
4956 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil) | |
4957 | |
4958 ;;;*** | |
4959 | |
25876 | 4960 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
25998 | 4961 ;;;;;; (13778 5499)) |
25876 | 4962 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
4963 | |
4964 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
4965 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
4966 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
4967 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
4968 | |
4969 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
4970 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
4971 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
4972 | |
4973 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
4974 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
4975 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
4976 | |
4977 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
4978 | |
4979 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
4980 | |
4981 ;;;*** | |
4982 | |
4983 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
27321 | 4984 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307)) |
25876 | 4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
4986 | |
4987 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
4988 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
4989 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
4990 | |
4991 ;;;*** | |
4992 | |
4993 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
28710 | 4994 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14583 8560)) |
25876 | 4995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
4996 | |
4997 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
4998 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
4999 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
5000 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
5001 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
5002 | |
5003 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
5004 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
5005 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
5006 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
5007 | |
5008 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
5009 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5010 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
5011 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
5012 | |
5013 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
27321 | 5014 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
25876 | 5015 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
5016 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
5017 | |
5018 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
5019 | |
5020 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
5021 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
5022 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
5023 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
5024 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
5025 | |
5026 ;;;*** | |
5027 | |
5028 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
5029 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
5030 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
5031 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
5032 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
5033 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5034 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
5035 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
5036 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
27949 | 5037 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408)) |
25876 | 5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
5039 | |
5040 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5041 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
5042 | |
5043 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
5044 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
5045 | |
5046 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
5047 | |
5048 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
5049 | |
5050 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5051 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
5052 | |
5053 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
5054 | |
5055 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
5056 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
5057 | |
5058 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
5059 | |
5060 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5061 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 5062 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5063 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5064 |
5065 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
5066 | |
5067 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5068 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
5069 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5070 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5071 |
5072 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
5073 | |
5074 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
5075 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 5076 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 5077 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5078 | |
5079 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
5080 | |
5081 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5082 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 5083 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5084 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5085 |
5086 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
5087 | |
5088 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5089 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 5090 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 5091 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 5092 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 5093 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5094 | |
5095 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5096 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
5097 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5098 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5099 |
5100 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
5101 | |
5102 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5103 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
5104 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5105 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5106 |
5107 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
5108 | |
5109 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
5110 | |
5111 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5112 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
5113 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5114 follows: | |
5115 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5116 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5117 | |
5118 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5119 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
5120 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5121 follows: | |
5122 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5123 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5124 | |
5125 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5126 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5127 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5128 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
26724 | 5129 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5130 |
5131 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5132 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5133 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5134 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
5135 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 5136 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5137 |
5138 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5139 | |
5140 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5141 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5142 | |
5143 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5144 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5145 | |
5146 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5147 | |
5148 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5149 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5150 | |
5151 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5152 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5153 | |
5154 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5155 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5156 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5157 buffer." t nil) | |
5158 | |
5159 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5160 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
5161 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5162 buffer." t nil) | |
5163 | |
5164 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5165 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 5166 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 5167 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5168 | |
5169 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 5170 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5171 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5172 and don't ask the user. | |
5173 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5174 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 5175 |
5176 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5177 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil) | |
5178 | |
5179 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
5180 | |
5181 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
5182 | |
5183 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
5184 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
5185 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
26724 | 5186 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) |
25876 | 5187 |
5188 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
5189 | |
5190 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
5191 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
5192 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
5193 | |
5194 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
5195 Display Ediff's manual. | |
5196 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
5197 | |
5198 ;;;*** | |
5199 | |
27949 | 5200 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
5201 ;;;;;; (14522 27392)) | |
5202 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el | |
5203 | |
5204 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
5205 | |
5206 ;;;*** | |
5207 | |
26724 | 5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123)) |
5209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | |
5210 | |
5211 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
5212 | |
5213 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))) | |
5214 | |
5215 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
5216 | |
5217 ;;;*** | |
5218 | |
25876 | 5219 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
26724 | 5220 ;;;;;; (14398 37488)) |
25876 | 5221 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
5222 | |
5223 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
5224 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
5225 | |
5226 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
5227 | |
5228 ;;;*** | |
5229 | |
5230 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
26724 | 5231 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134)) |
25876 | 5232 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
5233 | |
5234 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5235 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
5236 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
5237 which see." t nil) | |
5238 | |
5239 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5240 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
5241 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
5242 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
5243 | |
5244 ;;;*** | |
5245 | |
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
5247 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
25998 | 5248 ;;;;;; (13957 59893)) |
25876 | 5249 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
5250 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
5251 | |
5252 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
5253 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
5254 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
5255 | |
5256 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5257 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
5258 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
5259 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
5260 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
5261 its command name. | |
5262 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
5263 | |
5264 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5265 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
5266 | |
5267 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5268 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
5269 | |
5270 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5271 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
5272 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
5273 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
5274 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
5275 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
5276 | |
5277 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
5278 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
5279 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
5280 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
5281 | |
5282 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5283 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
5284 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
5285 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
5286 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
5287 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
5288 | |
5289 ;;;*** | |
5290 | |
5291 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271 | |
25998 | 5292 ;;;;;; 33724)) |
25876 | 5293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
5294 | |
5295 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
5296 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
5297 | |
5298 ;;;*** | |
5299 | |
5300 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
25998 | 5301 ;;;;;; (13116 19762)) |
25876 | 5302 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
5303 | |
5304 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
5305 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
5306 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
5307 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
5308 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
5309 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
5310 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
5311 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
5312 | |
5313 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5314 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
5315 | |
5316 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
5317 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
5318 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
5319 this value is non-nil. | |
5320 | |
5321 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5322 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those | |
5323 things. | |
5324 | |
5325 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
5326 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
5327 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
5328 | |
5329 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
5330 | |
5331 ;;;*** | |
5332 | |
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" | |
27321 | 5334 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947)) |
25876 | 5335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
5336 | |
5337 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
5338 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
5339 | |
5340 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
5341 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
5342 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
5343 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
5344 from the documentation string if possible. | |
5345 | |
5346 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
5347 instead. | |
5348 | |
5349 This variable is buffer-local.") | |
5350 | |
5351 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5352 *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
5353 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
5354 | |
5355 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
5356 of the mode. | |
5357 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
5358 the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
5359 | |
5360 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5361 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
5362 | |
5363 ;;;*** | |
5364 | |
27949 | 5365 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495 |
5366 ;;;;;; 17971)) | |
26899 | 5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
5368 | |
5369 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
5370 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
5371 | |
5372 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
5373 an elided material again. | |
5374 | |
5375 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
5376 | |
5377 ;;;*** | |
5378 | |
25876 | 5379 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
25998 | 5380 ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
25876 | 5381 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
5382 | |
5383 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
5384 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
5385 | |
5386 ;;;*** | |
5387 | |
5388 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package | |
5389 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) | |
25998 | 5390 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553)) |
25876 | 5391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
5392 | |
5393 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
5394 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
5395 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5396 | |
5397 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\ | |
5398 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition. | |
5399 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5400 | |
5401 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
5402 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
5403 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
5404 | |
5405 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
5406 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
5407 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
5408 | |
5409 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
5410 | |
5411 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
5412 Display current profiling results. | |
5413 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
5414 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
5415 displayed." t nil) | |
5416 | |
5417 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\ | |
5418 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil) | |
5419 | |
5420 ;;;*** | |
5421 | |
5422 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
25998 | 5423 ;;;;;; (13649 21996)) |
25876 | 5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
5425 | |
5426 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
5427 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
5428 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
5429 | |
5430 ;;;*** | |
5431 | |
5432 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5433 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
5434 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
5435 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
26724 | 5436 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
5438 | |
5439 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
5440 | |
5441 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
5442 | |
5443 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
5444 | |
5445 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
5446 | |
5447 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
5448 | |
5449 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
5450 | |
5451 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
5452 | |
5453 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
5454 | |
5455 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
5456 | |
5457 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
5458 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
5459 | |
5460 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5461 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5462 | |
5463 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
5464 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
5465 | |
5466 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5467 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5468 | |
5469 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5470 | |
5471 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5472 | |
5473 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5474 | |
5475 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5476 | |
5477 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
5478 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
5479 | |
5480 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5481 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
5482 | |
5483 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
5484 | |
5485 ;;;*** | |
5486 | |
5487 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
27949 | 5488 ;;;;;; (14516 181)) |
25876 | 5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
5490 | |
5491 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
5492 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
5493 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5494 | |
5495 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
5496 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
5497 automatically. | |
5498 | |
5499 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
5500 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
5501 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
5502 | |
5503 ;;;*** | |
5504 | |
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
28162 | 5506 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665)) |
25876 | 5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
5508 | |
5509 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
5510 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
5511 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
5512 text/enriched format. | |
5513 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
5514 | |
5515 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
5516 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
5517 | |
5518 Commands: | |
5519 | |
5520 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5521 | |
5522 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5523 | |
5524 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5525 | |
5526 ;;;*** | |
5527 | |
5528 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags | |
5529 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
5530 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
5531 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
28288 | 5532 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list |
28764 | 5533 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14600 |
5534 ;;;;;; 21015)) | |
25876 | 5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
5536 | |
5537 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
5538 *File name of tags table. | |
5539 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5540 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
5541 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5542 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
5543 | |
28288 | 5544 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
5545 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
5546 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
5547 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
5548 | |
25876 | 5549 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
5550 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
5551 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
5552 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5553 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
5554 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5555 | |
5556 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
5557 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
5558 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
5559 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
5560 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
5561 | |
5562 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
5563 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
5564 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
5565 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
5566 | |
5567 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
5568 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
5569 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
5570 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
5571 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
5572 | |
5573 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5574 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
5575 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
5576 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
5577 | |
5578 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
5579 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
5580 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
5581 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
5582 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
5583 | |
5584 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
5585 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
5586 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
5587 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
5588 without directory names." nil nil) | |
5589 | |
5590 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
5591 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5592 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
5593 but does not select the buffer. | |
5594 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
5595 | |
5596 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5597 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5598 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5599 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5600 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5601 | |
5602 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5603 | |
5604 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5605 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5606 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5607 | |
5608 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5609 | |
5610 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5611 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5612 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
5613 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
5614 | |
5615 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5616 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5617 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5618 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5619 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5620 | |
5621 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5622 | |
5623 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5624 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5625 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5626 | |
5627 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5628 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
5629 | |
5630 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
5631 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5632 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
5633 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5634 around or before point. | |
5635 | |
5636 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5637 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5638 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5639 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5640 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5641 | |
5642 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5643 | |
5644 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5645 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5646 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5647 | |
5648 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5649 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
5650 | |
5651 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
5652 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5653 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
5654 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
5655 around or before point. | |
5656 | |
5657 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5658 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5659 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5660 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5661 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5662 | |
5663 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5664 | |
5665 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5666 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5667 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5668 | |
5669 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5670 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
5671 | |
5672 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
5673 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
5674 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
5675 | |
5676 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5677 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5678 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5679 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
5680 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5681 | |
5682 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
5683 | |
5684 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5685 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5686 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5687 | |
5688 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5689 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
5690 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
5691 | |
5692 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
5693 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
5694 | |
5695 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
5696 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
5697 where they were found." t nil) | |
5698 | |
5699 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
5700 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
5701 | |
5702 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
5703 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
5704 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
5705 | |
5706 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
5707 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
5708 | |
5709 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
5710 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
5711 | |
5712 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
5713 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
5714 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
5715 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
5716 | |
5717 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
5718 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
5719 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
5720 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
5721 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
5722 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
5723 | |
5724 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
5725 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
5726 Stops when a match is found. | |
5727 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5728 | |
5729 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5730 | |
5731 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
5732 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. | |
5733 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
5734 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
5735 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
5736 | |
5737 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5738 | |
5739 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
5740 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
5741 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
5742 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
5743 directory specification." t nil) | |
5744 | |
5745 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
5746 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
5747 | |
5748 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5749 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
5750 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
5751 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
5752 | |
5753 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5754 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
5755 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
5756 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
5757 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
5758 | |
5759 ;;;*** | |
5760 | |
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
5762 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
5763 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
5764 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
5765 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
5766 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
28919 | 5767 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
5768 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988)) | |
25876 | 5769 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
5770 | |
5771 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
5772 | |
5773 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5774 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5775 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
5776 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5777 | |
5778 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
5779 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5780 language. | |
5781 | |
5782 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
5783 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
5784 | |
5785 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5786 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5787 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5788 | |
5789 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5790 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5791 | |
5792 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5793 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5794 | |
5795 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
5796 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
5797 language. | |
5798 | |
5799 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
5800 buffer is read-only. | |
5801 | |
5802 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5803 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
5804 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
5805 | |
5806 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5807 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5808 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5809 | |
5810 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5811 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
5812 | |
5813 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
5814 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
5815 | |
5816 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
5817 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
5818 | |
5819 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5820 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
5821 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
5822 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5823 | |
5824 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5825 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
5826 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5827 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5828 | |
5829 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
5830 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
5831 the primary language. | |
5832 | |
5833 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
5834 buffer is read-only. | |
5835 | |
5836 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5837 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5838 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5839 | |
5840 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5841 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
5842 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
5843 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
5844 | |
5845 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
5846 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
5847 primary language. | |
5848 | |
5849 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
5850 buffer is read-only. | |
5851 | |
5852 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
5853 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
5854 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
5855 | |
5856 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5857 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
5858 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
5859 | |
5860 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5861 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
5862 | |
5863 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
5864 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
5865 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
5866 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
5867 | |
5868 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
5869 | |
5870 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5871 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
5872 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
5873 | |
5874 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5875 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
5876 | |
5877 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5878 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
5879 | |
5880 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
5881 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
5882 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
5883 | |
5884 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
5885 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
5886 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
5887 | |
5888 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
5889 | |
5890 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5891 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
5892 | |
5893 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5894 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
5895 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
5896 | |
5897 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5898 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
5899 | |
5900 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5901 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
5902 | |
5903 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
5904 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
5905 | |
5906 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
5907 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
5908 | |
5909 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5910 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
5911 | |
5912 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5913 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
5914 | |
5915 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
5916 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
5917 | |
5918 ;;;*** | |
5919 | |
27321 | 5920 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
5921 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
27326 | 5922 ;;;;;; (14463 3149)) |
27321 | 5923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
5924 | |
5925 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
5926 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
5927 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
5928 server for future sessions." t nil) | |
5929 | |
5930 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
5931 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
5932 | |
5933 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
5934 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
5935 | |
5936 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
5937 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
5938 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
5939 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
5940 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
5941 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
5942 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
5943 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
5944 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
5945 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
5946 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
5947 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) | |
5948 | |
5949 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
5950 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
5951 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
5952 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
5953 | |
5954 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
5955 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
5956 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
5957 | |
27326 | 5958 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
5959 | |
27321 | 5960 ;;;*** |
5961 | |
5962 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
5963 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
5964 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599)) | |
5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el | |
5966 | |
5967 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5968 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
5969 | |
5970 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5971 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
5972 | |
5973 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5974 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
5975 | |
5976 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5977 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
5978 | |
5979 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
5980 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
5981 | |
5982 ;;;*** | |
5983 | |
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
5985 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168)) | |
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el | |
5987 | |
5988 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
5989 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
5990 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
5991 | |
5992 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
5993 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
5994 | |
5995 ;;;*** | |
5996 | |
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
5998 ;;;;;; (14460 58176)) | |
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el | |
6000 | |
6001 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
6002 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
6003 | |
6004 ;;;*** | |
6005 | |
25876 | 6006 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) |
25998 | 6007 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734)) |
25876 | 6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
6009 | |
6010 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ | |
6011 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
6012 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
6013 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
6014 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
6015 executable." t nil) | |
6016 | |
6017 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
6018 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
6019 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
6020 | |
6021 ;;;*** | |
6022 | |
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
27321 | 6024 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506)) |
25876 | 6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
6026 | |
6027 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
6028 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
6029 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
6030 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
6031 | |
6032 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
6033 | |
6034 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
6035 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
6036 to generate such functions. | |
6037 | |
6038 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
6039 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
6040 beginning of the expanded text. | |
6041 | |
6042 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
6043 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
6044 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
6045 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
6046 | |
6047 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
6048 | |
6049 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6050 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6051 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6052 | |
6053 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6054 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6055 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6056 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
6057 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
6058 | |
6059 ;;;*** | |
6060 | |
28919 | 6061 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936)) |
25876 | 6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
6063 | |
6064 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
6065 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
6066 | |
6067 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
6068 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
6069 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
6070 | |
6071 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
6072 | |
6073 Key definitions: | |
6074 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
6075 | |
6076 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6077 | |
6078 f90-do-indent | |
6079 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6080 f90-if-indent | |
6081 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
6082 f90-type-indent | |
6083 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
6084 f90-program-indent | |
6085 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
6086 (default 2) | |
6087 f90-continuation-indent | |
6088 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
6089 f90-comment-region | |
6090 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6091 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
6092 f90-indented-comment-re | |
6093 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
6094 (default \"!\") | |
6095 f90-directive-comment-re | |
6096 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
6097 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
6098 f90-break-delimiters | |
6099 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
6100 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
6101 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
6102 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6103 (default t) | |
6104 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
6105 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
6106 f90-smart-end | |
6107 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
6108 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
6109 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
6110 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
6111 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
6112 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
6113 f90-leave-line-no | |
6114 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
6115 f90-startup-message | |
6116 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
6117 f90-keywords-re | |
6118 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
6119 | |
6120 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
6121 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6122 | |
6123 ;;;*** | |
6124 | |
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
6126 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
6127 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
6128 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
28162 | 6129 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665)) |
25876 | 6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
6131 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
6132 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
6133 | |
6134 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
6135 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
6136 | |
6137 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
6138 | |
6139 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
6140 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
6141 | |
6142 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
6143 | |
6144 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
6145 Menu keymap for background colors") | |
6146 | |
6147 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
6148 | |
27545 | 6149 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6150 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
6151 | |
6152 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
6153 | |
27545 | 6154 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6155 Submenu for text justification commands.") |
6156 | |
6157 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
6158 | |
27545 | 6159 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
25876 | 6160 Submenu for indentation commands.") |
6161 | |
6162 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
6163 | |
6164 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
6165 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
6166 | |
6167 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
6168 | |
27545 | 6169 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
6170 | |
6171 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
25876 | 6172 |
6173 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
6174 | |
6175 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
6176 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
6177 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
6178 will not show through at all will be removed. | |
6179 | |
6180 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
6181 | |
6182 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6183 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6184 | |
6185 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6186 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6187 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6188 | |
6189 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
6190 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed. | |
6191 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). | |
6192 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6193 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6194 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6195 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6196 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6197 | |
6198 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
6199 Set the background color of the region or next character typed. | |
6200 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). | |
6201 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6202 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6203 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6204 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6205 typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6206 | |
6207 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
6208 Set the face of the region or next character typed. | |
6209 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use | |
6210 is the menu item's name. | |
6211 | |
6212 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6213 this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6214 | |
6215 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6216 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6217 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6218 | |
6219 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6220 Make the region invisible. | |
6221 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6222 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6223 | |
6224 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6225 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
6226 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6227 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6228 | |
6229 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
6230 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
6231 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
6232 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6233 | |
6234 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
6235 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
6236 | |
6237 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
6238 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
6239 | |
6240 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
6241 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
6242 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
6243 | |
6244 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
6245 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
6246 | |
6247 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
6248 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
6249 | |
6250 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
6251 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
6252 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
6253 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
6254 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
6255 | |
6256 ;;;*** | |
6257 | |
6258 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
27545 | 6259 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
6261 | |
6262 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6263 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
6264 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
6265 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
6266 | |
6267 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
6268 | |
6269 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
6270 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
6271 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
6272 | |
6273 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
6274 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
6275 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
6276 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
6277 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
6278 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
6279 | |
6280 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
6281 | |
6282 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
6283 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
6284 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
6285 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
6286 | |
6287 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6288 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
6289 | |
6290 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
6291 | |
6292 ;;;*** | |
6293 | |
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
6295 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) | |
27321 | 6296 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092)) |
25876 | 6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
6298 | |
6299 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
6300 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
6301 | |
6302 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
6303 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
6304 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
6305 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
6306 | |
6307 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
6308 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
6309 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
6310 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
6311 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
6312 | |
6313 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
6314 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
6315 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
6316 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
6317 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
6318 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
6319 internally by feedmail): | |
6320 | |
6321 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
6322 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
6323 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
6324 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
6325 | |
6326 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
6327 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
6328 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
6329 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
6330 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
6331 | |
6332 ;;;*** | |
6333 | |
26899 | 6334 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point |
26963 | 6335 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705)) |
25876 | 6336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
6337 | |
6338 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
6339 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
6340 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
6341 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
6342 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
6343 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
6344 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
6345 | |
6346 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6347 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
6348 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
6349 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
6350 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
6351 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
6352 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
6353 | |
6354 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 6355 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 6356 |
6357 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
6358 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
6359 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
6360 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
6361 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
6362 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
6363 | |
6364 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
6365 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
6366 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
6367 Return value: | |
6368 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
6369 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
6370 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
6371 | |
6372 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6373 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
6374 | |
6375 ;;;*** | |
6376 | |
6377 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
27321 | 6378 ;;;;;; (14332 47695)) |
25876 | 6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
6380 | |
6381 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
6382 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
6383 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
6384 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
6385 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, | |
6386 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
6387 \(directories) is done." t nil) | |
6388 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6389 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6390 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6391 | |
6392 ;;;*** | |
6393 | |
6394 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
26724 | 6395 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903)) |
25876 | 6396 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
6397 | |
6398 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
6399 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
6400 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
6401 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
6402 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
6403 | |
6404 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
6405 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
6406 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
6407 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
6408 | |
6409 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6410 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
6411 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6412 | |
6413 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
6414 | |
6415 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
6416 as the final argument." t nil) | |
6417 | |
6418 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6419 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
6420 and run dired on those files. | |
6421 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
6422 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6423 | |
6424 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
6425 | |
6426 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6427 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
6428 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6429 | |
6430 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
6431 | |
6432 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
6433 | |
6434 ;;;*** | |
6435 | |
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
6437 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
27321 | 6438 ;;;;;; (13670 3046)) |
25876 | 6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
6440 | |
6441 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6442 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6443 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;. | |
6444 | |
6445 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
6446 | |
6447 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6448 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6449 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
6450 | |
6451 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
6452 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
6453 | |
6454 Variables of interest include: | |
6455 | |
6456 - ff-case-fold-search | |
6457 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search). | |
6458 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. | |
6459 | |
6460 - ff-always-in-other-window | |
6461 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an | |
6462 argument is given to ff-find-other-file. | |
6463 | |
6464 - ff-ignore-include | |
6465 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. | |
6466 | |
6467 - ff-always-try-to-create | |
6468 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. | |
6469 | |
6470 - ff-quiet-mode | |
6471 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. | |
6472 | |
6473 - ff-special-constructs | |
6474 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
6475 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
6476 extracting the filename from that construct. | |
6477 | |
6478 - ff-other-file-alist | |
6479 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. | |
6480 | |
6481 - ff-search-directories | |
6482 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in | |
6483 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension. | |
6484 | |
6485 - ff-pre-find-hooks | |
6486 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. | |
6487 | |
6488 - ff-pre-load-hooks | |
6489 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. | |
6490 | |
6491 - ff-post-load-hooks | |
6492 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. | |
6493 | |
6494 - ff-not-found-hooks | |
6495 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. | |
6496 | |
6497 - ff-file-created-hooks | |
6498 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) | |
6499 | |
6500 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6501 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6502 | |
6503 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
6504 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6505 | |
6506 ;;;*** | |
6507 | |
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
6509 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
6510 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
6511 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
6512 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
26724 | 6513 ;;;;;; (14398 37514)) |
25876 | 6514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
6515 | |
6516 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6517 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
6518 | |
6519 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
6520 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6521 not selected. | |
6522 | |
6523 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
6524 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
6525 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6526 | |
6527 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
6528 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
6529 | |
6530 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
6531 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6532 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6533 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6534 | |
6535 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
6536 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6537 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6538 | |
6539 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6540 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6541 | |
6542 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6543 | |
6544 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6545 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6546 | |
6547 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6548 | |
6549 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6550 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
6551 | |
6552 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
6553 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6554 not selected. | |
6555 | |
6556 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6557 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6558 | |
6559 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
6560 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
6561 | |
6562 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
6563 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6564 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6565 it is one of the current buffers. | |
6566 | |
6567 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6568 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6569 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6570 | |
6571 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6572 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6573 | |
6574 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6575 | |
6576 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6577 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6578 | |
6579 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6580 | |
6581 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
6582 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
6583 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
6584 | |
6585 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6586 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6587 | |
6588 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6589 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6590 | |
6591 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
6592 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
6593 | |
6594 ;;;*** | |
6595 | |
28530 | 6596 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
6597 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883)) | |
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el | |
6599 | |
6600 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
6601 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil) | |
6602 | |
6603 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
6604 Display FILE's commentary section. | |
6605 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil) | |
6606 | |
6607 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
6608 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil) | |
6609 | |
6610 ;;;*** | |
6611 | |
25876 | 6612 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
25998 | 6613 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
25876 | 6614 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
6615 | |
6616 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6617 Toggle flow control handling. | |
6618 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
6619 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
6620 | |
6621 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
6622 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
6623 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
6624 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
6625 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
6626 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
6627 | |
6628 ;;;*** | |
6629 | |
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
27949 | 6631 ;;;;;; (14512 26322)) |
25876 | 6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
6633 | |
6634 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
6635 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
6636 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
6637 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
6638 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
6639 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
6640 | |
6641 Bindings: | |
6642 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
6643 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
6644 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
6645 | |
6646 Hooks: | |
6647 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
6648 | |
6649 Remark: | |
6650 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
6651 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
6652 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
6653 | |
6654 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
6655 consider adding: | |
6656 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
6657 in your .emacs file. | |
6658 | |
6659 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
6660 | |
6661 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
6662 | |
6663 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ | |
6664 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
6665 | |
6666 ;;;*** | |
6667 | |
6668 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
6669 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
27321 | 6670 ;;;;;; (14392 8455)) |
25876 | 6671 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
6672 | |
6673 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6674 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6675 | |
6676 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6677 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
6678 | |
6679 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
6680 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
6681 | |
6682 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
6683 of two major techniques: | |
6684 | |
6685 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
6686 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
6687 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
6688 | |
6689 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
6690 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
6691 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
6692 movement commands. | |
6693 | |
6694 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
6695 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
6696 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
6697 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
6698 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
6699 mileage may vary). | |
6700 | |
6701 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
6702 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
6703 | |
6704 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
6705 | |
6706 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
6707 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
6708 \(This is the default.) | |
6709 | |
6710 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
6711 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
6712 | |
6713 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
6714 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
6715 | |
6716 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
6717 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
6718 | |
6719 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
6720 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
6721 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
6722 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
6723 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
6724 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
6725 | |
6726 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
6727 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
6728 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
6729 | |
6730 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
6731 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
6732 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
6733 | |
6734 ;;;*** | |
6735 | |
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
26899 | 6737 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords |
6738 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" | |
28919 | 6739 ;;;;;; (14620 23716)) |
25876 | 6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
6741 | |
6742 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\ | |
6743 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.") | |
6744 | |
6745 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
6746 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
6747 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6748 | |
6749 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
6750 | |
6751 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
6752 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
6753 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
6754 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6755 | |
6756 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in | |
6757 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6758 | |
6759 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
6760 | |
6761 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
6762 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
6763 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6764 | |
6765 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
6766 | |
6767 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
6768 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
6769 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
6770 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
6771 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
6772 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
6773 | |
6774 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
6775 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
6776 | |
6777 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
6778 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
6779 | |
6780 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
6781 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
6782 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
6783 | |
6784 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
6785 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
6786 | |
6787 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
6788 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
6789 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
6790 | |
6791 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
6792 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
6793 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
6794 | |
6795 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
6796 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally. | |
6797 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil) | |
6798 | |
6799 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 6800 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
6801 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 6802 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
6803 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
6804 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
6805 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
6806 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
6807 end of the current highlighting list. | |
6808 | |
6809 For example: | |
6810 | |
6811 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
6812 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
6813 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
6814 | |
6815 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
6816 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
6817 | |
6818 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
6819 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
6820 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
6821 | |
26899 | 6822 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
27949 | 6823 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
6824 | |
6825 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
26963 | 6826 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil) |
26899 | 6827 |
25876 | 6828 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
6829 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6830 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
6831 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil. | |
6832 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on). | |
6833 | |
6834 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6835 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil) | |
6836 | |
25998 | 6837 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
6838 Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
6839 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
6840 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. | |
6841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
6842 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
6843 | |
6844 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
6845 | |
6846 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
6847 | |
25876 | 6848 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 6849 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 6850 |
6851 ;;;*** | |
6852 | |
6853 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
28288 | 6854 ;;;;;; (14551 28678)) |
25876 | 6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
6856 | |
6857 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
6858 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
6859 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
6860 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
6861 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
6862 | |
28288 | 6863 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward |
6864 compatibility. | |
25876 | 6865 |
6866 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
6867 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
6868 | |
6869 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
6870 | |
6871 ;;;*** | |
6872 | |
27949 | 6873 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517 |
6874 ;;;;;; 9680)) | |
26963 | 6875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
6876 | |
6877 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
6878 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
6879 \\<message-mode-map> | |
6880 key binding | |
6881 --- ------- | |
6882 | |
6883 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
6884 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
6885 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
6886 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
6887 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
6888 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
6889 " t nil) | |
6890 | |
6891 ;;;*** | |
6892 | |
25876 | 6893 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
26724 | 6894 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540)) |
25876 | 6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
6896 | |
6897 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
6898 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
6899 | |
6900 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
6901 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
6902 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
6903 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
6904 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
6905 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
6906 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
6907 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
6908 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
6909 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
6910 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
6911 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
6912 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
6913 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
6914 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
6915 " t nil) | |
6916 | |
6917 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
6918 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
6919 | |
6920 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
6921 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
6922 | |
6923 ;;;*** | |
6924 | |
6925 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
28162 | 6926 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071)) |
25876 | 6927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
6928 | |
6929 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
6930 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
6931 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
6932 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
6933 with a character in column 6.") | |
6934 | |
6935 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
6936 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
6937 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
6938 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
6939 | |
6940 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
6941 Fortran keywords. | |
6942 | |
6943 Key definitions: | |
6944 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
6945 | |
6946 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6947 | |
6948 `comment-start' | |
6949 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments | |
6950 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\". | |
6951 `fortran-do-indent' | |
6952 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6953 `fortran-if-indent' | |
6954 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
6955 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
6956 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
6957 (default 3) | |
6958 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
6959 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
6960 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
6961 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
6962 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
6963 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
6964 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
6965 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
6966 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6967 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
6968 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
6969 indentation for a line of code. | |
6970 (default 'fixed) | |
6971 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
6972 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
6973 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
6974 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
6975 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
6976 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
6977 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
6978 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
6979 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
6980 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
6981 column 5. (default 1) | |
6982 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
6983 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
6984 statements. (default nil) | |
6985 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
6986 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
6987 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
6988 statement. (default nil) | |
6989 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
6990 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
6991 line. (default \"$\") | |
6992 `fortran-comment-region' | |
6993 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6994 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
6995 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
6996 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
6997 as typed. (default t) | |
6998 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 6999 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 7000 (default t) |
7001 | |
7002 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
7003 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7004 | |
7005 ;;;*** | |
7006 | |
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
25998 | 7008 ;;;;;; (13973 3308)) |
25876 | 7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
7010 | |
7011 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7012 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
7013 | |
7014 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
7015 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
7016 | |
7017 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
7018 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
7019 function. | |
7020 | |
7021 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
7022 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
7023 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
7024 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the | |
7025 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively. | |
7026 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. | |
7027 | |
7028 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
7029 Each keyword should be a string. | |
7030 | |
7031 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
7032 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
7033 | |
7034 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist. | |
7035 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
7036 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. | |
7037 | |
7038 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
7039 | |
7040 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
7041 | |
7042 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7043 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
7044 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
7045 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
7046 | |
7047 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
7048 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
7049 | |
7050 ;;;*** | |
7051 | |
27545 | 7052 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
28919 | 7053 ;;;;;; (14609 53573)) |
27545 | 7054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
7055 | |
7056 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
7057 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
7058 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
7059 at places they belong to." t nil) | |
7060 | |
7061 ;;;*** | |
7062 | |
25876 | 7063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
27321 | 7064 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411)) |
25876 | 7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
7066 | |
7067 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7068 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
7069 | |
7070 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7071 Read network news. | |
7072 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7073 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
7074 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7075 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
7076 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
7077 | |
7078 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
7079 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
7080 | |
7081 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
7082 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
7083 | |
7084 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
7085 Read network news. | |
7086 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7087 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7088 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
7089 | |
7090 ;;;*** | |
7091 | |
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
7093 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
25998 | 7094 ;;;;;; (14030 49649)) |
25876 | 7095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
7096 | |
7097 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7098 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
7099 | |
7100 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7101 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
7102 | |
7103 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7104 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
7105 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
7106 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
7107 | |
7108 \(gnus-agentize) | |
7109 | |
7110 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
7111 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
7112 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
7113 | |
7114 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7115 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
7116 | |
7117 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
7118 | |
7119 ;;;*** | |
7120 | |
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" | |
27321 | 7122 ;;;;;; (14030 49288)) |
25876 | 7123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
7124 | |
7125 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
7126 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil) | |
7127 | |
7128 ;;;*** | |
7129 | |
7130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
7131 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030 | |
27321 | 7132 ;;;;;; 49293)) |
25876 | 7133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
7134 | |
7135 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7136 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
7137 | |
7138 Usage: | |
7139 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
7140 | |
7141 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7142 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
7143 | |
7144 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7145 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
7146 | |
7147 ;;;*** | |
7148 | |
7149 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
25998 | 7150 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552)) |
25876 | 7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
7152 | |
7153 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7154 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
7155 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
7156 | |
7157 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7158 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
7159 | |
7160 ;;;*** | |
7161 | |
7162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
27321 | 7163 ;;;;;; (14030 49328)) |
25876 | 7164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
7165 | |
7166 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
7167 | |
7168 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
7169 Run batched scoring. | |
7170 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
7171 | |
7172 ;;;*** | |
7173 | |
7174 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" | |
27321 | 7175 ;;;;;; (14030 49334)) |
25876 | 7176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
7177 | |
7178 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
7179 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
7180 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
7181 | |
7182 ;;;*** | |
7183 | |
7184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" | |
25998 | 7185 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540)) |
25876 | 7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
7187 | |
7188 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7189 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
7190 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
7191 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as | |
7192 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil) | |
7193 | |
7194 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7195 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil) | |
7196 | |
7197 ;;;*** | |
7198 | |
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" | |
27321 | 7200 ;;;;;; (14030 49357)) |
25876 | 7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
7202 | |
7203 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
7204 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
7205 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
7206 for matching on group names. | |
7207 | |
7208 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
7209 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
7210 | |
7211 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
7212 | |
7213 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
7214 | |
7215 ;;;*** | |
7216 | |
7217 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
27321 | 7218 ;;;;;; (14030 49359)) |
25876 | 7219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
7220 | |
7221 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
7222 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
7223 | |
7224 ;;;*** | |
7225 | |
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
26724 | 7227 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937)) |
25876 | 7228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
7229 | |
7230 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
7231 Unload all Gnus features." t nil) | |
7232 | |
7233 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
7234 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
7235 | |
7236 ;;;*** | |
7237 | |
7238 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
27321 | 7239 ;;;;;; (14030 49407)) |
25876 | 7240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
7241 | |
7242 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
7243 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
7244 | |
7245 ;;;*** | |
7246 | |
25998 | 7247 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566)) |
25876 | 7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
7249 | |
7250 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
7251 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
7252 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
7253 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
7254 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
7255 | |
7256 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
7257 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
7258 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
7259 | |
7260 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
7261 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
7262 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
7263 | |
7264 ;;;*** | |
7265 | |
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
28212 | 7267 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830)) |
7268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el | |
25876 | 7269 |
7270 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7271 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
7272 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
7273 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7274 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
7275 | |
7276 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7277 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
7278 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
7279 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7280 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
7281 | |
7282 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7283 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
7284 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
7285 or to send e-mail. | |
7286 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
7287 | |
7288 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
7289 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
7290 | |
7291 ;;;*** | |
7292 | |
25998 | 7293 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906)) |
25876 | 7294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
7295 | |
7296 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
7297 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
7298 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
7299 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
7300 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
7301 | |
7302 ;;;*** | |
7303 | |
7304 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
28764 | 7305 ;;;;;; (14599 26515)) |
25876 | 7306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
7307 | |
7308 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
7309 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7310 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7311 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7312 | |
7313 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
7314 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7315 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7316 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7317 | |
7318 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
7319 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7320 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7321 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7322 | |
7323 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
7324 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7325 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7326 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
7327 | |
7328 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
7329 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
7330 | |
7331 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
7332 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7334 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7335 | |
7336 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
7337 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
7338 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7339 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7340 | |
7341 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
7342 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
7343 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
7344 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
7345 between it and it's value." t nil) | |
7346 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
7347 | |
7348 ;;;*** | |
7349 | |
7350 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033 | |
25998 | 7351 ;;;;;; 23942)) |
25876 | 7352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
7353 | |
7354 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
7355 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
7356 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
7357 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
7358 | |
7359 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
7360 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
7361 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
7362 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
7363 | |
7364 ;;;*** | |
7365 | |
25998 | 7366 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
28162 | 7367 ;;;;;; (14539 53714)) |
25876 | 7368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
7369 | |
7370 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 7371 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
7372 | |
7373 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
7374 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
7375 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
7376 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
7377 | |
7378 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
7379 | |
7380 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
7381 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
7382 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
7383 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
7384 to be updated." t nil) | |
7385 | |
7386 ;;;*** | |
7387 | |
7388 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" | |
7389 ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
25876 | 7390 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
7391 | |
7392 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
7393 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
7394 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
7395 and window listing and describing the options. | |
7396 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
7397 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
7398 | |
7399 ;;;*** | |
7400 | |
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
27949 | 7402 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602)) |
25876 | 7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
7404 | |
7405 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
7406 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
7407 | |
7408 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
7409 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
7410 | |
7411 ;;;*** | |
7412 | |
7413 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
28710 | 7414 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862)) |
25876 | 7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
7416 | |
7417 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 7418 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
7419 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
7420 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
7421 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 7422 |
7423 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
7424 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
7425 | |
7426 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
7427 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
7428 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
7429 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
7430 | |
7431 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
7432 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
7433 periods. | |
7434 | |
7435 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
7436 in hexl format. | |
7437 | |
7438 A sample format: | |
7439 | |
7440 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
7441 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
7442 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
7443 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
7444 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
7445 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
7446 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
7447 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
7448 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
7449 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
7450 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
7451 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
7452 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
7453 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
7454 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
7455 | |
7456 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
7457 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
7458 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
7459 | |
7460 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
7461 also supported. | |
7462 | |
7463 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
7464 | |
7465 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
7466 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
7467 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
7468 | |
7469 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
7470 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
7471 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
7472 | |
7473 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
7474 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7475 | |
7476 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
7477 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7478 | |
7479 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
7480 into the buffer at the current point. | |
7481 | |
7482 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
7483 | |
7484 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
7485 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
7486 | |
25998 | 7487 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 7488 |
7489 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
7490 | |
7491 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
7492 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
7493 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
7494 | |
7495 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
7496 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
7497 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
7498 | |
7499 ;;;*** | |
7500 | |
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially | |
27321 | 7502 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886)) |
25876 | 7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
7504 | |
25998 | 7505 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
7506 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
7507 | |
25876 | 7508 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
7509 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
7510 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
7511 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
7512 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
7513 how the hiding is done: | |
7514 | |
7515 hide-ifdef-env | |
7516 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
7517 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7518 is used. | |
7519 | |
7520 hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
7521 An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
7522 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7523 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
7524 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
7525 | |
7526 hide-ifdef-lines | |
7527 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
7528 #endif lines when hiding. | |
7529 | |
7530 hide-ifdef-initially | |
7531 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
7532 is activated. | |
7533 | |
7534 hide-ifdef-read-only | |
7535 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
7536 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
7537 | |
7538 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7539 | |
7540 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
7541 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
7542 | |
7543 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
7544 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
7545 | |
7546 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
7547 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
7548 | |
7549 ;;;*** | |
7550 | |
27016 | 7551 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
27949 | 7552 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322)) |
25876 | 7553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
7554 | |
7555 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 7556 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
7557 | |
7558 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 7559 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 7560 Each element has the form |
25876 | 7561 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 7562 |
7563 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
7564 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
7565 | |
7566 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
7567 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
7568 | |
7569 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
7570 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
7571 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
7572 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
7573 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
7574 | |
7575 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
7576 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
7577 | |
7578 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
7579 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
7580 | |
7581 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
7582 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
7583 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 7584 |
7585 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
7586 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
7587 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7588 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
7589 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
7590 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
7591 | |
7592 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
27016 | 7593 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also |
7594 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. | |
25876 | 7595 |
7596 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
7597 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
7598 | |
27949 | 7599 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
7600 | |
25876 | 7601 Key bindings: |
7602 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7603 | |
7604 ;;;*** | |
7605 | |
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
7607 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
7608 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
25998 | 7609 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009)) |
25876 | 7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
7611 | |
25998 | 7612 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
7613 | |
25876 | 7614 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
7615 Remove the change face from the region. | |
7616 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) | |
7617 | |
7618 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7619 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
7620 | |
7621 Without an argument, | |
7622 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active | |
7623 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state); | |
7624 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states. | |
7625 | |
7626 With an argument, | |
7627 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active; | |
7628 with a zero argument, set state to passive; | |
7629 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
7630 | |
7631 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
7632 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are | |
7633 not displayed in a different face. | |
7634 | |
7635 Functions: | |
7636 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
7637 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
7638 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
7639 buffer with the contents of a file | |
7640 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
7641 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
7642 various faces. | |
7643 | |
7644 | |
7645 Hook variables: | |
7646 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled. | |
7647 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state | |
7648 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode. | |
7649 " t nil) | |
7650 | |
7651 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7652 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7653 | |
7654 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7655 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
7656 | |
7657 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7658 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
7659 | |
7660 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element | |
7661 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the | |
7662 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain | |
7663 shown in the last face in the list. | |
7664 | |
7665 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
7666 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the | |
7667 buffer to be saved): | |
7668 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces) | |
7669 " t nil) | |
7670 | |
7671 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7672 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
7673 | |
7674 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
7675 and not in read-only mode. | |
7676 | |
7677 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default | |
7678 when called interactively. | |
7679 | |
7680 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will | |
7681 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in | |
7682 temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
7683 | |
7684 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
7685 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
7686 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) | |
7687 | |
7688 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
7689 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
7690 | |
7691 When called interactively: | |
7692 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
7693 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
7694 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
7695 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
7696 | |
7697 When called from a program: | |
7698 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
7699 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode | |
7700 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode | |
7701 - otherwise just turn it on | |
7702 | |
7703 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
7704 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
7705 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
7706 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) | |
7707 | |
7708 ;;;*** | |
7709 | |
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
7711 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
7712 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 7713 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
7714 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488)) | |
25876 | 7715 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
7716 | |
7717 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
7718 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
7719 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
7720 or insert functions in this list.") | |
7721 | |
7722 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
7723 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
7724 | |
7725 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
7726 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
7727 | |
7728 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
7729 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
7730 | |
7731 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
7732 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
7733 | |
7734 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
7735 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
7736 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
7737 | |
7738 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
7739 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
7740 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7741 \(as atoms)") | |
7742 | |
7743 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
7744 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
7745 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
7746 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
7747 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
7748 | |
7749 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7750 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
7751 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
7752 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
7753 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
7754 expansions. | |
7755 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
7756 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
7757 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
7758 | |
7759 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
7760 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
7761 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
7762 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
7763 | |
7764 ;;;*** | |
7765 | |
25998 | 7766 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
27321 | 7767 ;;;;;; (14454 80)) |
25998 | 7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
7769 | |
7770 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ | |
27321 | 7771 Toggle Hl-Line mode. |
7772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
7773 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.") | |
25998 | 7774 |
7775 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7776 | |
7777 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
7778 | |
7779 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
27321 | 7780 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
25998 | 7781 |
7782 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
7783 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
7784 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
7785 | |
7786 ;;;*** | |
7787 | |
25876 | 7788 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
7789 ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
7790 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
7791 | |
7792 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
7793 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
7794 | |
7795 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
7796 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
7797 | |
7798 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
7799 | |
7800 ;;;*** | |
7801 | |
7802 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
27321 | 7803 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81)) |
25876 | 7804 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el |
7805 | |
7806 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7807 This function is obsolete." nil nil) |
25876 | 7808 |
7809 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7810 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7811 |
7812 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
25998 | 7813 This function is absolete." t nil) |
25876 | 7814 |
7815 ;;;*** | |
7816 | |
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
27321 | 7818 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840)) |
25876 | 7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
7820 | |
7821 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
7822 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
7823 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
7824 | |
7825 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
7826 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
7827 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
7828 | |
7829 ;;;*** | |
7830 | |
25998 | 7831 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403)) |
25876 | 7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
7833 | |
7834 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
7835 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
7836 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
7837 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
7838 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
7839 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
7840 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
7841 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
7842 icon-tab-always-indent | |
7843 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
7844 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
7845 icon-auto-newline | |
7846 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
7847 inserted in Icon code. | |
7848 icon-indent-level | |
7849 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
7850 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
7851 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
7852 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
7853 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
7854 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
7855 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
7856 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
7857 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
7858 icon-brace-offset | |
7859 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
7860 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
7861 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
7862 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
7863 | |
7864 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
7865 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7866 | |
7867 ;;;*** | |
7868 | |
27321 | 7869 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
27949 | 7870 ;;;;;; (14495 18053)) |
27321 | 7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
7872 | |
7873 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
7874 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
7875 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
7876 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
7877 | |
7878 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
7879 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
7880 separate frames. | |
7881 | |
7882 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
7883 | |
7884 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
7885 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
7886 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
7887 | |
7888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
7889 | |
7890 ;;;*** | |
7891 | |
27016 | 7892 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
27949 | 7893 ;;;;;; (14495 18054)) |
27016 | 7894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
7895 | |
7896 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
7897 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
7898 | |
7899 The main features of this mode are | |
7900 | |
7901 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
7902 -------------------------- | |
7903 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
7904 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
7905 | |
7906 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
7907 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
7908 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
7909 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
7910 | |
7911 Comments are indented as follows: | |
7912 | |
7913 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
7914 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
7915 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
7916 | |
7917 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
7918 | |
7919 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
7920 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
7921 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
7922 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
7923 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
7924 | |
7925 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
7926 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
7927 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
7928 | |
7929 2. Routine Info | |
7930 ------------ | |
7931 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
7932 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
7933 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
7934 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
7935 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
7936 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
7937 information, which is also used for completion (see next item). | |
7938 | |
7939 3. Completion | |
7940 ---------- | |
7941 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and | |
7942 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what | |
7943 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case | |
7944 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or | |
7945 upper case. | |
7946 | |
7947 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
7948 -------------------------------- | |
7949 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
7950 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
7951 | |
7952 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
7953 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
7954 \\c CASE statement template | |
7955 \\f FOR loop template | |
7956 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
7957 \\w WHILE loop template | |
7958 \\i IF statement template | |
7959 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
7960 \\b BEGIN | |
7961 | |
7962 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
7963 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
7964 | |
7965 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
7966 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
7967 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
7968 | |
7969 5. Automatic Case Conversion | |
7970 ------------------------- | |
7971 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
7972 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
7973 | |
7974 6. Automatic END completion | |
7975 ------------------------ | |
7976 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
7977 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
7978 | |
7979 7. Hooks | |
7980 ----- | |
7981 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
7982 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
7983 | |
7984 8. Documentation and Customization | |
7985 ------------------------------- | |
7986 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
7987 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
7988 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
7989 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
7990 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
7991 | |
7992 9. Keybindings | |
7993 ----------- | |
7994 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
7995 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
7996 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
7997 | |
7998 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7999 | |
8000 ;;;*** | |
8001 | |
25998 | 8002 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263)) |
25876 | 8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
8004 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
8005 | |
8006 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
8007 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
8008 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
8009 | |
8010 ;;;*** | |
8011 | |
28724 | 8012 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image |
8013 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
8014 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14598 54652)) | |
25876 | 8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
8016 | |
27321 | 8017 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
8018 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
8019 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
8020 be determined." nil nil) | |
8021 | |
25876 | 8022 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
8023 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
8024 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
8025 be determined." nil nil) | |
8026 | |
8027 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
8028 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
8029 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
8030 | |
8031 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
27321 | 8032 Create an image. |
8033 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
25876 | 8034 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
27321 | 8035 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
8036 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
8037 use its file extension.as image type. | |
8038 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. | |
25876 | 8039 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
8040 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'. | |
8041 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) | |
8042 | |
8043 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 8044 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 8045 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 8046 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
8047 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
8048 image. | |
25876 | 8049 POS may be an integer or marker. |
8050 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
8051 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8052 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 8053 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 8054 |
8055 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
8056 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 8057 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
8058 with a `display' property whose value is the image. | |
25876 | 8059 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
8060 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8061 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 8062 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 8063 |
8064 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
8065 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
8066 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
8067 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
8068 | |
28724 | 8069 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
8070 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
8071 | |
8072 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
8073 documentation string. | |
8074 | |
8075 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8076 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
8077 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
8078 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8079 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
8080 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
8081 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
8082 define SYMBOL." nil nil) | |
8083 | |
25876 | 8084 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
8085 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
8086 | |
8087 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
8088 documentation string. | |
8089 | |
8090 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8091 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
27321 | 8092 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
8093 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8094 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
8095 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
8096 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
8097 define SYMBOL. | |
25876 | 8098 |
8099 Example: | |
8100 | |
8101 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
8102 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
8103 | |
8104 ;;;*** | |
8105 | |
8106 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar | |
25998 | 8107 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489)) |
25876 | 8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
8109 | |
8110 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
8111 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
8112 | |
8113 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
8114 | |
8115 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
8116 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
8117 in the buffer. | |
8118 | |
8119 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
8120 | |
8121 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
8122 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
8123 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
8124 | |
8125 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
8126 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
8127 | |
8128 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
8129 to create a buffer index. | |
8130 | |
8131 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
8132 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
8133 or like this: | |
8134 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
8135 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
8136 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
8137 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...) | |
8138 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
8139 | |
8140 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
8141 entries are not nested. | |
8142 | |
8143 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
8144 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
8145 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
8146 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
8147 | |
8148 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
8149 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
8150 | |
8151 The variable is buffer-local. | |
8152 | |
8153 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
8154 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
8155 used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
8156 | |
8157 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
8158 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
8159 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
8160 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
8161 | |
8162 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
8163 | |
8164 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
8165 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
8166 | |
8167 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
8168 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
8169 | |
8170 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
8171 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
8172 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
8173 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
8174 if it is a sub-alist. | |
8175 | |
8176 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
8177 | |
8178 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
8179 | |
8180 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
8181 | |
8182 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
8183 Function for finding the next index position. | |
8184 | |
8185 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
8186 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
8187 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
8188 file. | |
8189 | |
8190 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
8191 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
8192 | |
8193 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8194 | |
8195 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
8196 | |
8197 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
8198 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
8199 | |
8200 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
8201 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
8202 It should return the name for that index item. | |
8203 | |
8204 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8205 | |
8206 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
8207 | |
25998 | 8208 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
8209 Function to compare string with index item. | |
8210 | |
8211 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
8212 non-nil if they match. | |
8213 | |
8214 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
8215 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
8216 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
8217 arguments match\". | |
8218 | |
8219 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8220 | |
8221 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
8222 | |
25876 | 8223 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
8224 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
8225 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
8226 | |
8227 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
8228 | |
8229 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
8230 | |
8231 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
8232 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8233 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
8234 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
8235 | |
8236 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
8237 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8238 | |
8239 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
8240 | |
8241 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
8242 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
8243 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
8244 for more information." t nil) | |
8245 | |
8246 ;;;*** | |
8247 | |
25998 | 8248 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
28710 | 8249 ;;;;;; (14589 55732)) |
25998 | 8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
25876 | 8251 |
8252 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
8253 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
8254 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
8255 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword | |
8256 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") | |
8257 | |
8258 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
8259 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8260 | |
8261 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
8262 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
8263 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
8264 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
8265 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
8266 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
8267 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
8268 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
8269 | |
8270 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
8271 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
8272 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
8273 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
8274 Inferior Lisp buffer. | |
8275 | |
8276 More precise choices: | |
8277 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
8278 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
8279 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
8280 | |
8281 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
8282 | |
8283 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
8284 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8285 | |
8286 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
8287 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
8288 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
8289 to that buffer. | |
8290 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
8291 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
8292 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
8293 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
8294 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
8295 | |
8296 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
8297 | |
8298 ;;;*** | |
8299 | |
8300 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
28710 | 8301 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone |
8302 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14581 64356)) | |
25876 | 8303 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
8304 | |
8305 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
8306 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
8307 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
8308 | |
8309 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
8310 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
8311 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
8312 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 8313 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
8314 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 8315 |
8316 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
8317 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
8318 | |
8319 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
8320 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' | |
8321 in all the directories in that path." t nil) | |
8322 | |
8323 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
8324 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
8325 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
8326 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
8327 | |
28710 | 8328 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
8329 Go to the Info directory node." t nil) | |
8330 | |
25876 | 8331 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
8332 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
8333 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
8334 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
8335 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
8336 | |
8337 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
8338 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. | |
8339 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read. | |
8340 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
8341 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
8342 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
8343 | |
8344 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
8345 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
8346 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
8347 | |
8348 ;;;*** | |
8349 | |
8350 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
8351 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
28162 | 8352 ;;;;;; (14539 53666)) |
25876 | 8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
8354 | |
8355 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
8356 Throw away all cached data. | |
8357 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
8358 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
8359 system." t nil) | |
8360 | |
8361 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
8362 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
8363 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
8364 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
8365 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 8366 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
8367 | |
8368 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 8369 |
8370 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
8371 Display the documentation of a file. | |
8372 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
8373 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
8374 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 8375 The default file name is the one found at point. |
8376 | |
8377 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 8378 |
8379 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
8380 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
8381 | |
8382 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
8383 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
8384 | |
8385 ;;;*** | |
8386 | |
8387 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
25998 | 8388 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
25876 | 8389 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
8390 | |
8391 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
8392 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
8393 | |
8394 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
8395 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
8396 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
8397 | |
8398 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
8399 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
8400 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
8401 | |
8402 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
8403 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
8404 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
8405 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
8406 | |
8407 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
8408 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
8409 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
8410 | |
8411 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
8412 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
8413 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
8414 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
8415 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
8416 | |
8417 ;;;*** | |
8418 | |
8419 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
8420 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
25998 | 8421 ;;;;;; (13770 35556)) |
25876 | 8422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
8423 | |
8424 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
8425 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
8426 | |
8427 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
8428 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
8429 | |
8430 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
8431 | |
8432 ;;;*** | |
8433 | |
8434 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
27321 | 8435 ;;;;;; (14388 10886)) |
25876 | 8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
8437 | |
8438 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
8439 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
8440 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
8441 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
8442 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
8443 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
8444 | |
8445 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
8446 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
8447 | |
8448 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
8449 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
8450 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
8451 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
8452 /a gives a with ring. | |
8453 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
8454 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
8455 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
8456 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
8457 | |
8458 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
8459 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
8460 | |
8461 ;;;*** | |
8462 | |
8463 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
28523 | 8464 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
8465 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
8466 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908)) | |
25876 | 8467 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
8468 | |
8469 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8470 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
8471 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8472 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8473 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8474 | |
8475 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8476 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
8477 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8478 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8479 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8480 | |
8481 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8482 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
8483 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8484 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8485 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8486 | |
8487 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8488 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8489 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8490 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8491 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8492 | |
8493 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8494 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8495 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8496 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8497 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8498 | |
8499 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8500 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8501 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8502 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8503 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8504 | |
8505 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8506 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
8507 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
8508 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8509 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8510 | |
28523 | 8511 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
8512 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
8513 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
8514 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8515 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8516 | |
8517 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8518 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
8519 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
8520 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
8521 `format-alist')." t nil) | |
8522 | |
25876 | 8523 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
8524 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
8525 | |
8526 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8527 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
8528 | |
8529 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
8530 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
8531 | |
8532 ;;;*** | |
8533 | |
8534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
25998 | 8535 ;;;;;; (14164 4477)) |
25876 | 8536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
8537 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
8538 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
8539 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
8540 | |
8541 ;;;*** | |
8542 | |
8543 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag | |
8544 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings | |
8545 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
8546 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
25998 | 8547 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
28710 | 8548 ;;;;;; (14587 2706)) |
25998 | 8549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 8550 |
28710 | 8551 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 8552 Non nil if using XEmacs.") |
8553 | |
28710 | 8554 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 8555 Non nil if using emacs version 18.") |
8556 | |
28710 | 8557 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 8558 Non nil if using emacs version 20.") |
8559 | |
25876 | 8560 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
8561 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
8562 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
8563 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
8564 | |
8565 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
8566 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
8567 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
8568 | |
28710 | 8569 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 8570 |
8571 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
8572 | |
8573 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) | |
8574 | |
8575 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
8576 | |
8577 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
8578 | |
25998 | 8579 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 8580 |
8581 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
8582 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
8583 | |
8584 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
8585 | |
8586 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
8587 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
8588 | |
8589 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
8590 nil means the default dictionary. | |
8591 | |
8592 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
8593 word. | |
8594 | |
8595 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
8596 | |
8597 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
8598 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
8599 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
8600 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
8601 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
8602 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
8603 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
8604 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
8605 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
8606 | |
8607 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
8608 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
8609 single word. | |
8610 | |
8611 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
8612 subprocess. | |
8613 | |
8614 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
8615 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
8616 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
8617 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
8618 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
8619 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
8620 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
8621 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
8622 | |
8623 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
8624 | |
8625 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
8626 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
8627 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
8628 | |
8629 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
8630 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
8631 | |
8632 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
8633 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
8634 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
8635 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
8636 | |
28710 | 8637 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
8638 | |
8639 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) | |
8640 | |
8641 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | |
8642 | |
8643 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) | |
8644 | |
8645 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
25876 | 8646 |
8647 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\ | |
8648 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. | |
8649 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
8650 Valid forms include: | |
8651 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
8652 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
8653 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
8654 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
8655 | |
8656 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ | |
8657 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. | |
8658 First list is used raw. | |
8659 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
8660 | |
8661 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
8662 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
8663 | |
8664 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
8665 | |
8666 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8667 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
8668 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
8669 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
8670 | |
8671 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
8672 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
8673 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
8674 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
8675 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
8676 | |
8677 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
8678 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
8679 | |
8680 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
8681 | |
8682 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
27321 | 8683 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
8684 | |
8685 return values: | |
8686 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
8687 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
8688 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
8689 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
8690 quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
25876 | 8691 |
8692 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
8693 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
8694 | |
8695 Selections are: | |
8696 | |
8697 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
8698 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
8699 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
8700 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
8701 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
8702 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
8703 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
8704 `?': Show these commands. | |
8705 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
8706 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
8707 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
8708 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
8709 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
8710 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
8711 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
8712 `C-l': redraws screen | |
8713 `C-r': recursive edit | |
8714 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
8715 | |
8716 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
8717 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
8718 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
8719 | |
8720 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
8721 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
8722 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
8723 | |
8724 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
8725 | |
8726 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
8727 | |
8728 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
8729 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
27321 | 8730 Return nil if spell session is quit, |
8731 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
25876 | 8732 |
8733 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
8734 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
8735 | |
8736 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
8737 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
8738 | |
8739 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
8740 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
8741 | |
8742 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
8743 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
8744 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
8745 sequence inside of a word. | |
8746 | |
8747 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
8748 | |
8749 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
8750 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
8751 | |
8752 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ | |
8753 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
8754 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
8755 | |
8756 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET | |
8757 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
8758 | |
8759 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
8760 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
8761 | |
8762 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
8763 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
8764 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
8765 Don't check included messages. | |
8766 | |
8767 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
8768 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
8769 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
8770 | |
8771 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
8772 in your .emacs file: | |
8773 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
8774 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
8775 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8776 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
8777 | |
8778 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
8779 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
8780 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
8781 | |
8782 ;;;*** | |
8783 | |
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer | |
8785 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings | |
28919 | 8786 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14619 3306)) |
25876 | 8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
8788 | |
8789 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8790 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
8791 Return the name of a buffer selected. | |
8792 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default | |
8793 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
8794 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
8795 | |
8796 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8797 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
8798 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
8799 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil) | |
8800 | |
8801 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8802 Switch to another buffer. | |
8803 | |
8804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
8805 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
8806 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
8807 in another frame. | |
8808 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8809 | |
8810 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8811 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
8812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8813 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8814 | |
8815 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8816 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
8817 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8818 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8819 | |
8820 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
8821 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
8822 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
8823 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
8824 | |
8825 ;;;*** | |
8826 | |
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
8828 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
28919 | 8829 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
8830 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
25876 | 8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
8832 | |
8833 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
8834 | |
8835 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8836 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
8837 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8838 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8839 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
8840 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
8841 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
8842 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
8843 | |
8844 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
8845 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
8846 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8847 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8848 | |
8849 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8850 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
8851 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8852 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
8853 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
8854 | |
8855 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
8856 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
8857 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
8858 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
8859 | |
8860 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8861 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
8862 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
8863 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
8864 | |
8865 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8866 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
8867 | |
8868 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8869 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
8870 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8871 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8872 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
8873 | |
8874 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
8875 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
8876 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
8877 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
8878 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
8879 | |
8880 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
8881 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
8882 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
8883 | |
8884 ;;;*** | |
8885 | |
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" | |
28542 | 8887 ;;;;;; (14577 45436)) |
25876 | 8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
8889 | |
8890 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8891 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode. | |
8892 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
8893 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'. | |
8894 | |
8895 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the | |
8896 following ways: | |
8897 | |
8898 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code. | |
8899 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur. | |
8900 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling | |
8901 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is | |
8902 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers. | |
8903 | |
8904 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
8905 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
8906 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
8907 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
8908 | |
8909 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is | |
8910 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to | |
8911 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs | |
8912 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs | |
8913 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified | |
8914 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where | |
8915 strings or comments span lines. | |
8916 | |
8917 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
8918 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
8919 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
8920 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil) | |
8921 | |
8922 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\ | |
8923 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil) | |
8924 | |
8925 ;;;*** | |
8926 | |
25998 | 8927 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" |
28523 | 8928 ;;;;;; (14568 39747)) |
25876 | 8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 8930 |
8931 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
8932 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
8934 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
8935 | |
8936 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8937 | |
8938 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
25876 | 8939 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg) |
8940 "\ | |
8941 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. | |
8942 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
8943 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." | |
8944 (interactive "P") | |
8945 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p)) | |
8946 (progn | |
8947 (require 'jka-compr) | |
8948 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off. | |
8949 (toggle-auto-compression))) | |
8950 (toggle-auto-compression arg t)) | |
8951 | |
8952 ;;;*** | |
8953 | |
8954 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
25998 | 8955 ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
25876 | 8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
8957 | |
8958 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
8959 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
8960 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
8961 | |
8962 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
8963 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
8964 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
8965 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
8966 shorter. | |
8967 | |
8968 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
8969 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
8970 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
8971 | |
8972 ;;;*** | |
8973 | |
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810 | |
27321 | 8975 ;;;;;; 39823)) |
25876 | 8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
8977 | |
8978 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ | |
8979 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
8980 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
8981 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
8982 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
8983 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
8984 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
8985 | |
8986 ;;;*** | |
8987 | |
28919 | 8988 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
8989 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
25876 | 8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
8991 | |
25998 | 8992 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 8993 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
8994 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
8995 | |
8996 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
8997 | |
8998 ;;;*** | |
8999 | |
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
25998 | 9001 ;;;;;; (14256 23599)) |
25876 | 9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
9003 | |
9004 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
9005 | |
9006 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
9007 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
9008 | |
9009 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
9010 | |
9011 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
9012 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
9013 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
9014 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
9015 | |
9016 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
9017 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9018 none / 1 | yes | no | |
9019 2 | yes | yes | |
9020 3 | no | yes | |
9021 4 | no | no | |
9022 | |
9023 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
9024 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
9025 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
9026 | |
9027 ;;;*** | |
9028 | |
28919 | 9029 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
9030 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string) | |
9031 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
25876 | 9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
9033 | |
26899 | 9034 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
9035 | |
9036 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
9037 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
9038 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
9039 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
9040 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
9041 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
9042 | |
9043 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
9044 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
9045 | |
9046 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
9047 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
9048 | |
9049 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
9050 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
9051 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
9052 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
9053 to compose. | |
9054 | |
9055 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
9056 | |
28919 | 9057 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil) |
9058 | |
25876 | 9059 ;;;*** |
9060 | |
9061 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" | |
27545 | 9062 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
25876 | 9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
9064 | |
9065 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
9066 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
9067 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
9068 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
9069 | |
9070 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
9071 | |
9072 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
9073 | |
9074 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
9075 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
9076 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
9077 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
9078 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
9079 for large buffers. | |
9080 | |
9081 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
9082 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
9083 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
9084 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
9085 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
9086 | |
9087 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
9088 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
9089 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
9090 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
9091 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
9092 | |
9093 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
9094 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
9095 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
9096 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
9097 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
9098 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
9099 | |
9100 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
9101 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
9102 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
9103 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
9104 | |
9105 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
9106 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
9107 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
9108 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
9109 | |
9110 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
9111 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
9112 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
9113 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
9114 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
9115 | |
9116 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
9117 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
9118 | |
9119 ;;;*** | |
9120 | |
9121 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
25998 | 9122 ;;;;;; (14280 10549)) |
25876 | 9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
9124 | |
9125 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
9126 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
9127 | |
9128 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
9129 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
9130 | |
9131 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
9132 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
9133 | |
9134 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
9135 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
9136 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
9137 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
9138 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
9139 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
9140 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
9141 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
9142 and transmit saved text. | |
9143 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
9144 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
9145 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
9146 | |
9147 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
9148 | |
9149 ;;;*** | |
9150 | |
25998 | 9151 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
25876 | 9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
9153 | |
9154 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
9155 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
9156 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
9157 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
9158 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
9159 | |
9160 ;;;*** | |
9161 | |
9162 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935 | |
27321 | 9163 ;;;;;; 16155)) |
25876 | 9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
9165 | |
9166 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
9167 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
9168 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE | |
9169 is nil, raise an error." t nil) | |
9170 | |
9171 ;;;*** | |
9172 | |
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
28523 | 9174 ;;;;;; (14563 8348)) |
25876 | 9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
9176 | |
9177 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9178 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
9179 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 9180 |
9181 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 9182 Run the locate command with a filter. |
9183 | |
9184 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
9185 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 9186 |
9187 ;;;*** | |
9188 | |
28919 | 9189 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14619 3306)) |
28162 | 9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
9191 | |
9192 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
9193 Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
9194 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. | |
9195 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. | |
9196 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
9197 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
9198 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
9199 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil) | |
9200 | |
9201 ;;;*** | |
9202 | |
28919 | 9203 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14619 |
9204 ;;;;;; 3306)) | |
28162 | 9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
9206 | |
9207 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
28288 | 9208 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil) |
28162 | 9209 |
9210 ;;;*** | |
9211 | |
25876 | 9212 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
28523 | 9213 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563 |
9214 ;;;;;; 22518)) | |
25876 | 9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
9216 | |
9217 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\ | |
9218 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
9219 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
9220 | |
9221 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
9222 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
9223 | |
9224 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
9225 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
9226 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
9227 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
9228 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
9229 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
9230 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
9231 | |
9232 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
9233 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
9234 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
9235 switch on this list. | |
9236 See `lpr-command'.") | |
9237 | |
9238 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
9239 *Name of program for printing a file. | |
9240 | |
9241 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
9242 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
9243 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
9244 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
9245 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
9246 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
9247 argument.") | |
9248 | |
9249 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9250 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
9251 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9252 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9253 |
9254 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 9255 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 9256 |
9257 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
9258 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9259 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9260 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9261 | |
9262 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9263 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9264 | |
9265 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9266 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9267 |
9268 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9269 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
9270 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9271 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9272 |
9273 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 9274 Paginate and print the region contents. |
9275 | |
9276 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
9277 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9278 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9279 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9280 | |
9281 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9282 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9283 | |
9284 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9285 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 9286 |
9287 ;;;*** | |
9288 | |
26963 | 9289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316)) |
25876 | 9290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
9291 | |
9292 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
9293 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards. | |
9294 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility). | |
9295 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el' | |
9296 package is used.") | |
9297 | |
9298 ;;;*** | |
9299 | |
9300 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
9301 ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
9303 | |
9304 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
9305 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
9306 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
9307 | |
9308 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
9309 | |
9310 ;;;*** | |
9311 | |
9312 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962 | |
25998 | 9313 ;;;;;; 30919)) |
25876 | 9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
9315 | |
9316 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
9317 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
9318 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
9319 " t nil) | |
9320 | |
9321 ;;;*** | |
9322 | |
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
25998 | 9324 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845)) |
25876 | 9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
9326 | |
9327 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
9328 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
9329 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
9330 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
9331 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
9332 | |
9333 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
9334 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
9335 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
9336 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
9337 | |
9338 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
9339 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
9340 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
9341 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
9342 bindings. | |
9343 | |
9344 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
9345 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
9346 | |
9347 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
9348 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
9349 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
9350 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
9351 each time the macro executes. | |
9352 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
9353 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
9354 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
9355 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
9356 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
9357 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
9358 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
9359 | |
9360 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
9361 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
9362 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
9363 | |
9364 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
9365 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
9366 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
9367 execute. | |
9368 | |
9369 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
9370 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
9371 | |
9372 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
9373 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
9374 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
9375 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
9376 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
9377 | |
9378 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
9379 looked like this: | |
9380 | |
9381 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
9382 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
9383 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
9384 | |
9385 You could enter the names in this format: | |
9386 | |
9387 foo | |
9388 bar | |
9389 baz | |
9390 | |
9391 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
9392 | |
9393 \\C-x ( | |
9394 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
9395 \\C-x ) | |
9396 | |
9397 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
9398 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
9399 " t nil) | |
9400 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
9401 | |
9402 ;;;*** | |
9403 | |
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
25998 | 9405 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
25876 | 9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
9407 | |
9408 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
9409 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
9410 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
9411 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
9412 | |
9413 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
9414 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
9415 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
9416 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
9417 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
9418 | |
9419 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
9420 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
9421 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
9422 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
9423 | |
9424 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
9425 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
9426 | |
9427 ;;;*** | |
9428 | |
9429 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
9430 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
25998 | 9431 ;;;;;; (14075 51598)) |
25876 | 9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
9433 | |
9434 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
9435 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
9436 | |
9437 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
9438 | |
9439 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
9440 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
9441 | |
9442 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
9443 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
9444 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
9445 message. | |
9446 | |
9447 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
9448 | |
9449 ;;;*** | |
9450 | |
25998 | 9451 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
9452 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
27949 | 9453 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501 |
9454 ;;;;;; 36191)) | |
25876 | 9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
9456 | |
9457 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
9458 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
9459 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
9460 often correct parser.") | |
9461 | |
9462 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
9463 | |
25998 | 9464 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
9465 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
9466 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9467 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
9468 | |
9469 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
9470 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
9471 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9472 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
9473 | |
9474 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
9475 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
9476 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
9477 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
9478 | |
25876 | 9479 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
9480 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
9481 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
9482 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
9483 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
9484 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
9485 | |
9486 ;;;*** | |
9487 | |
9488 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
28919 | 9489 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14608 9472)) |
25876 | 9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
9491 | |
9492 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9493 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
9494 | |
9495 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9496 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
9497 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
9498 | |
9499 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
9500 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9501 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
9502 | |
9503 ;;;*** | |
9504 | |
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
9506 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
27321 | 9507 ;;;;;; 15646)) |
25876 | 9508 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
9509 | |
9510 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
9511 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
9512 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
9513 king@grassland.com | |
9514 If `parens', they look like: | |
9515 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
9516 If `angles', they look like: | |
9517 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
9518 | |
9519 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
9520 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
9521 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
9522 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
9523 their `Resent-' variants. | |
9524 | |
9525 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
9526 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
9527 | |
9528 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
9529 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
9530 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
9531 | |
9532 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
9533 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
9534 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
9535 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
9536 | |
9537 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
9538 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
9539 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
9540 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
9541 | |
9542 ;;;*** | |
9543 | |
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
28919 | 9545 ;;;;;; (14608 7464)) |
25876 | 9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
9547 | |
9548 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
9549 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
9550 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
9551 | |
9552 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
9553 | |
9554 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
9555 | |
9556 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
9557 | |
9558 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
9559 | |
9560 makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
9561 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
9562 | |
9563 makefile-target-colon: | |
9564 The string that gets appended to all target names | |
9565 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
9566 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
9567 | |
9568 makefile-macro-assign: | |
9569 The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
9570 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
9571 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 9572 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 9573 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
9574 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
9575 | |
9576 makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
9577 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
9578 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
9579 | |
9580 makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
9581 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
9582 | |
9583 makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
9584 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
9585 up or down in the browser. | |
9586 | |
9587 makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
9588 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
9589 | |
9590 makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
9591 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
9592 | |
9593 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
9594 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
9595 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
9596 has been selected in the browser. | |
9597 | |
9598 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
9599 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
9600 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
9601 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
9602 filenames are omitted. | |
9603 | |
9604 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
26724 | 9605 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 9606 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
9607 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
9608 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
9609 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 9610 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 9611 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
9612 | |
9613 makefile-browser-hook: | |
9614 A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
9615 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
9616 | |
9617 makefile-special-targets-list: | |
9618 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
9619 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
9620 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
9621 | |
9622 ;;;*** | |
9623 | |
9624 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
25998 | 9625 ;;;;;; 28917)) |
25876 | 9626 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
9627 | |
9628 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
9629 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
9630 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
9631 | |
9632 ;;;*** | |
9633 | |
28710 | 9634 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14583 33482)) |
25876 | 9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
9636 | |
9637 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
9638 | |
9639 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
9640 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
9641 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
9642 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
9643 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
9644 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
9645 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil) | |
9646 | |
9647 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
9648 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
9649 | |
9650 ;;;*** | |
9651 | |
9652 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
9653 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
9654 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
9655 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
9656 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
9657 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
9658 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
9659 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
27321 | 9660 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419)) |
25876 | 9661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
9662 | |
9663 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
9664 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
9665 | |
9666 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
9667 king@grassland.com | |
9668 If `parens', they look like: | |
9669 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
9670 If `angles', they look like: | |
9671 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
9672 | |
9673 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
9674 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
9675 | |
9676 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
9677 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
9678 | |
9679 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
9680 *Local news organization file.") | |
9681 | |
9682 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
9683 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
9684 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
9685 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
9686 | |
9687 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), | |
9688 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and | |
9689 `smtpmail-send-it'.") | |
9690 | |
9691 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
9692 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
9693 | |
9694 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
9695 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages. | |
9696 nil means use indentation.") | |
9697 | |
9698 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
9699 *Function for citing an original message. | |
9700 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
9701 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
9702 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
9703 | |
9704 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
9705 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
9706 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
9707 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
9708 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
9709 | |
9710 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
9711 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
9712 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
9713 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
9714 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
9715 | |
9716 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
9717 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
9718 | |
9719 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil)) | |
9720 | |
9721 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
9722 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
9723 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
9724 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit | |
9725 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
9726 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
9727 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
9728 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
9729 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
9730 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
9731 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
9732 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup) | |
9733 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
9734 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text). | |
9735 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
9736 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
9737 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any). | |
9738 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
9739 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark). | |
9740 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature). | |
9741 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil) | |
9742 | |
9743 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
9744 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
9745 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
9746 | |
9747 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
9748 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9749 | |
9750 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
9751 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9752 | |
9753 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
9754 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9755 | |
9756 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
9757 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
9758 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
9759 | |
9760 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
9761 Cancel an article you posted." t nil) | |
9762 | |
9763 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
9764 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
9765 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
9766 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
9767 | |
9768 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
9769 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
9770 | |
9771 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
9772 Forward the current message via mail. | |
9773 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil) | |
9774 | |
9775 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
9776 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
9777 | |
9778 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
9779 Re-mail the current message. | |
9780 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than | |
9781 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to | |
9782 you." t nil) | |
9783 | |
9784 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9785 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
9786 | |
9787 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9788 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
9789 | |
9790 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
9791 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9792 | |
9793 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
9794 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
9795 | |
9796 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
9797 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
9798 Works by overstriking characters. | |
9799 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9800 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9801 | |
9802 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
9803 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
9804 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
9805 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
9806 | |
9807 ;;;*** | |
9808 | |
9809 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
25998 | 9810 ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
25876 | 9811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
9812 | |
9813 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9814 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
9815 Special commands: | |
9816 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9817 | |
9818 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
9819 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9820 | |
9821 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
9822 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
9823 Special commands: | |
9824 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
9825 | |
9826 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
9827 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9828 | |
9829 ;;;*** | |
9830 | |
9831 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
9832 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
26724 | 9833 ;;;;;; (14345 52966)) |
25876 | 9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
9835 | |
9836 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
9837 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9838 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9839 | |
9840 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
9841 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
9842 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9843 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9844 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9845 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
9846 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
9847 | |
9848 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
9849 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
9850 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9851 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9852 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9853 means current). | |
9854 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9855 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9856 | |
9857 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
9858 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
9859 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
9860 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
9861 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
9862 means current). | |
9863 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
9864 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
9865 | |
9866 ;;;*** | |
9867 | |
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
28764 | 9869 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14600 36202)) |
25876 | 9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
9871 | |
9872 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9873 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
9874 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9875 to the MH mail system. | |
9876 | |
9877 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9878 | |
9879 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9880 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
9881 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9882 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
9883 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
9884 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
9885 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
9886 | |
9887 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9888 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
9889 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9890 to the MH mail system. | |
9891 | |
9892 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
9893 | |
9894 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
9895 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
9896 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
9897 using the MH mail handling system. | |
9898 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
9899 messages. | |
9900 | |
9901 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
9902 | |
9903 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
9904 | |
9905 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
9906 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
9907 the yanked message. | |
9908 | |
9909 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
9910 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
9911 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
9912 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
9913 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
9914 | |
9915 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
9916 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
9917 inserted in a draft letter. | |
9918 | |
9919 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
9920 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
9921 | |
9922 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
9923 | |
9924 ;;;*** | |
9925 | |
28077 | 9926 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532 |
9927 ;;;;;; 63447)) | |
25876 | 9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
9929 | |
9930 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
9931 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
9932 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
9933 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
9934 | |
9935 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
9936 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
9937 | |
9938 ;;;*** | |
9939 | |
27321 | 9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022)) |
25876 | 9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
9942 | |
9943 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
9944 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
9945 | |
9946 ;;;*** | |
9947 | |
27321 | 9948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243)) |
25876 | 9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
9950 | |
9951 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9952 | |
9953 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9954 | |
9955 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9956 | |
9957 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
9958 | |
9959 ;;;*** | |
9960 | |
9961 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
25998 | 9962 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445)) |
25876 | 9963 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
9964 | |
9965 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
9966 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
9967 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
9968 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
9969 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
9970 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
9971 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
9972 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
9973 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
9974 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
9975 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
9976 | |
9977 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
9978 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
9979 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
9980 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
9981 | |
9982 ;;;*** | |
9983 | |
9984 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" | |
9985 ;;;;;; (12536 45574)) | |
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el | |
9987 | |
9988 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
9989 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
9990 | |
9991 ;;;*** | |
9992 | |
9993 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" | |
25998 | 9994 ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
25876 | 9995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
9996 | |
9997 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
9998 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
9999 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
10000 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
10001 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
10002 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
10003 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
10004 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
10005 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
10006 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
10007 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
10008 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
10009 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
10010 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
10011 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
10012 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
10013 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
10014 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
10015 \\[m2-link] link | |
10016 | |
10017 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
10018 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
10019 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
10020 | |
10021 ;;;*** | |
10022 | |
10023 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118 | |
25998 | 10024 ;;;;;; 2283)) |
25876 | 10025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
10026 | |
10027 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
10028 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
10029 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10030 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
10031 | |
10032 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
10033 | |
10034 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
10035 | |
10036 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
10037 | |
10038 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
10039 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
10040 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
10041 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
10042 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
10043 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
10044 | |
10045 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
10046 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection | |
10047 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function | |
10048 and interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
10049 | |
10050 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
10051 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
10052 | |
10053 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
10054 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
10055 | |
10056 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
10057 | |
10058 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
10059 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
10060 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
10061 | |
10062 ;;;*** | |
10063 | |
25998 | 10064 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
25876 | 10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
10066 | |
10067 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
10068 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
10069 | |
10070 ;;;*** | |
10071 | |
28939 | 10072 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14625 20437)) |
25876 | 10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
10074 | |
10075 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
10076 Toggle msb-mode. | |
10077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10078 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
10079 | |
10080 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10081 | |
10082 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
10083 | |
10084 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
10085 Toggle Msb mode. | |
10086 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
10087 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
10088 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
10089 | |
10090 ;;;*** | |
10091 | |
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 10093 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
10094 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
28919 | 10095 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after list-charset-chars |
10096 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" | |
10097 ;;;;;; (14621 5038)) | |
25876 | 10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
10099 | |
10100 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10101 Display a list of all character sets. | |
10102 | |
27949 | 10103 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
10104 for internal Emacs use. | |
10105 | |
10106 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
10107 of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
10108 by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
10109 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
10110 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
10111 | |
10112 The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
10113 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
10114 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
10115 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
25876 | 10116 |
10117 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
10118 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
10119 | |
27949 | 10120 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
10121 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
10122 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
10123 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
10124 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
10125 | |
10126 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
10127 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
10128 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
10129 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
10130 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
10131 | |
10132 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10133 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
10134 | |
28919 | 10135 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\ |
10136 Display information of in current buffer at position POS. | |
10137 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, | |
10138 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
10139 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil) | |
10140 | |
25876 | 10141 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
10142 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
10143 | |
10144 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10145 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
10146 | |
10147 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
10148 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
10149 at the place of `..': | |
10150 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer) | |
10151 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer) | |
10152 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' | |
10153 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system) | |
10154 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system. | |
10155 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system) | |
10156 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
10157 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any) | |
10158 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
10159 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any) | |
10160 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
10161 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system | |
10162 `default-process-coding-system' for read | |
10163 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read | |
10164 `default-process-coding-system' for write | |
10165 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil) | |
10166 | |
10167 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10168 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
10169 | |
10170 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10171 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
10172 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
10173 | |
10174 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
10175 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
10176 | |
26724 | 10177 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
10178 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
10179 | |
25876 | 10180 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
10181 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
10182 | |
10183 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10184 Display information of FONTSET. | |
28919 | 10185 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil) |
25876 | 10186 |
10187 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10188 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
10189 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
10190 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
10191 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
10192 | |
10193 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10194 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
10195 | |
10196 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10197 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
10198 | |
10199 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
10200 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
10201 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
10202 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
10203 | |
10204 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10205 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
10206 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10207 | |
10208 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10209 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
10210 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10211 | |
10212 ;;;*** | |
10213 | |
26899 | 10214 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
10215 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 10216 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
10217 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
10218 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
10219 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
28523 | 10220 ;;;;;; (14568 36382)) |
25876 | 10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
10222 | |
10223 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
10224 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
10225 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
10226 | |
28523 | 10227 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
10228 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
10229 | |
10230 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | |
10231 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
25876 | 10232 |
10233 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
10234 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
10235 | |
10236 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
10237 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 10238 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 10239 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
10240 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
10241 | |
26724 | 10242 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 10243 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
10244 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10245 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
10246 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10247 | |
10248 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
10249 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
10250 | |
10251 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
10252 | |
28523 | 10253 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
10254 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
10255 | |
10256 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
10257 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
10258 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
10259 | |
10260 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
10261 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
10262 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
25876 | 10263 |
10264 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
10265 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
10266 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
10267 is considered. | |
10268 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
10269 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
10270 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
10271 | |
10272 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
10273 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
10274 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
10275 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
10276 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
10277 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
10278 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
10279 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
10280 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
10281 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
10282 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
10283 | |
10284 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
10285 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
10286 | |
10287 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
10288 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
10289 | |
10290 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
10291 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
10292 | |
10293 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
10294 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
10295 | |
10296 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
10297 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
10298 | |
10299 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
10300 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
10301 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
10302 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
10303 | |
10304 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
10305 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
10306 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
10307 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
10308 | |
10309 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
10310 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
10311 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
10312 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
10313 | |
26899 | 10314 ;;;*** |
10315 | |
27321 | 10316 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930)) |
26724 | 10317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
10318 | |
10319 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ | |
10320 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
10321 | |
10322 ;;;*** | |
10323 | |
25876 | 10324 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10325 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
28212 | 10326 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" |
28523 | 10327 ;;;;;; (14564 29931)) |
28212 | 10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
25876 | 10329 |
10330 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
10331 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
10332 | |
10333 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
10334 Ping HOST. | |
10335 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting | |
10336 `ping-program-options'." t nil) | |
10337 | |
10338 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
10339 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
10340 | |
10341 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
10342 | |
10343 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
10344 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
10345 | |
10346 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
10347 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
10348 | |
10349 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
10350 Run the route program." t nil) | |
10351 | |
10352 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
10353 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
10354 | |
10355 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
10356 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
10357 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10358 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10359 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10360 |
25876 | 10361 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
10362 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
10363 | |
10364 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
10365 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
10366 | |
10367 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
10368 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
10369 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
10370 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
10371 | |
10372 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
10373 | |
10374 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
10375 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
10376 | |
10377 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
10378 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
10379 | |
10380 ;;;*** | |
10381 | |
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030 | |
27321 | 10383 ;;;;;; 49432)) |
25876 | 10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
10385 | |
10386 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
10387 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
10388 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
10389 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
10390 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
10391 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
10392 | |
10393 ;;;*** | |
10394 | |
10395 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
27321 | 10396 ;;;;;; (14030 49439)) |
25876 | 10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
10398 | |
10399 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
10400 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil) | |
10401 | |
10402 ;;;*** | |
10403 | |
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
27321 | 10405 ;;;;;; (14030 49445)) |
25876 | 10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
10407 | |
10408 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
10409 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
10410 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
10411 | |
10412 ;;;*** | |
10413 | |
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
27321 | 10415 ;;;;;; (14030 49457)) |
25876 | 10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
10417 | |
10418 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
10419 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
10420 | |
10421 ;;;*** | |
10422 | |
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
25998 | 10424 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539)) |
25876 | 10425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
10426 | |
10427 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10428 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
10429 | |
10430 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10431 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
10432 | |
10433 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
10434 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
10435 | |
10436 ;;;*** | |
10437 | |
10438 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
25998 | 10439 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
25876 | 10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
10441 | |
10442 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
10443 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
10444 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
10445 | |
10446 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
10447 | |
10448 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
10449 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
10450 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
10451 to future sessions." t nil) | |
10452 | |
10453 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
10454 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
10455 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
10456 to future sessions." t nil) | |
10457 | |
10458 ;;;*** | |
10459 | |
10460 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
27321 | 10461 ;;;;;; (13382 24740)) |
25876 | 10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
10463 | |
10464 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
10465 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
10466 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
10467 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
10468 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
10469 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
10470 | |
10471 ;;;*** | |
10472 | |
10473 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
25998 | 10474 ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
25876 | 10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
10476 | |
10477 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
10478 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
10479 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
10480 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
10481 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
10482 | |
10483 ;;;*** | |
10484 | |
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
25998 | 10486 ;;;;;; (14302 32388)) |
25876 | 10487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
10488 | |
10489 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
10490 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
10491 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
10492 | |
10493 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
10494 | |
10495 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
10496 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
10497 | |
10498 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
10499 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
10500 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
10501 | |
10502 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
10503 | |
10504 ;;;*** | |
10505 | |
10506 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
28077 | 10507 ;;;;;; (14535 42068)) |
25876 | 10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
10509 | |
10510 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
10511 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
10512 | |
10513 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
10514 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
10515 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
10516 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
10517 | |
10518 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
10519 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
10520 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
10521 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
10522 is why you need this mode!). | |
10523 | |
10524 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
10525 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
10526 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
10527 | |
10528 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
10529 | |
10530 Keybindings | |
10531 =========== | |
10532 | |
10533 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
10534 | |
10535 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
10536 ============================================== | |
10537 | |
10538 octave-auto-indent | |
10539 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
10540 Default is nil. | |
10541 | |
10542 octave-auto-newline | |
10543 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
10544 Default is nil. | |
10545 | |
10546 octave-blink-matching-block | |
10547 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
10548 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
10549 | |
10550 octave-block-offset | |
10551 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
10552 Default is 2. | |
10553 | |
10554 octave-continuation-offset | |
10555 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
10556 Default is 4. | |
10557 | |
10558 octave-continuation-string | |
10559 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
10560 Default is a backslash. | |
10561 | |
10562 octave-mode-startup-message | |
10563 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
10564 Default is t. | |
10565 | |
10566 octave-send-echo-input | |
10567 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
10568 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
10569 | |
10570 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
10571 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
10572 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
10573 | |
10574 octave-send-echo-input | |
10575 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
10576 | |
10577 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
10578 | |
10579 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
10580 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
10581 | |
10582 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
10583 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
10584 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
10585 | |
10586 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
10587 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
10588 | |
10589 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
10590 (lambda () | |
10591 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
10592 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
10593 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
10594 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
10595 | |
10596 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
10597 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
10598 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
10599 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
10600 | |
10601 ;;;*** | |
10602 | |
10603 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
27321 | 10604 ;;;;;; (14045 29847)) |
25876 | 10605 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
10606 | |
10607 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
10608 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil) | |
10609 | |
10610 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
10611 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
10612 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
10613 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
10614 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
10615 | |
10616 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
10617 | |
10618 ;;;*** | |
10619 | |
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
27949 | 10621 ;;;;;; (14495 18064)) |
25876 | 10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
10623 | |
10624 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
10625 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
10626 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
10627 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
10628 | |
10629 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
10630 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
10631 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
10632 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
10633 | |
10634 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
10635 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
10636 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
10637 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
10638 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
10639 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
10640 | |
10641 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
10642 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
10643 | |
10644 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
10645 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
10646 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
10647 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
10648 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
10649 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
10650 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
10651 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
10652 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
10653 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
10654 The subheadings remain visible. | |
10655 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
10656 | |
10657 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
10658 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
10659 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
10660 | |
10661 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
10662 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
10663 | |
10664 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
10665 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
10666 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
10667 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
10668 | |
10669 ;;;*** | |
10670 | |
25998 | 10671 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" |
10672 ;;;;;; (14316 49544)) | |
25876 | 10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
10674 | |
25998 | 10675 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
10676 *Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
10677 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
10678 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. | |
10679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
10680 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
10681 | |
10682 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10683 | |
10684 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
10685 | |
25876 | 10686 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
10687 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
10688 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10689 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
10690 | |
10691 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
10692 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
10693 | |
10694 ;;;*** | |
10695 | |
27949 | 10696 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507 |
10697 ;;;;;; 63078)) | |
25876 | 10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
10699 | |
10700 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
10701 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
10702 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10703 | |
10704 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
10705 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
10706 | |
10707 Other useful functions are: | |
10708 | |
10709 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
10710 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
10711 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
10712 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
10713 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
10714 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
10715 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
10716 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
10717 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
10718 | |
10719 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
10720 | |
10721 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
10722 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
10723 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
10724 Indentation for case statements. | |
10725 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
10726 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
10727 mark after an end. | |
10728 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
10729 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
10730 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
10731 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
10732 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10733 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
10734 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
10735 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
10736 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
10737 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
10738 | |
10739 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
10740 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
10741 | |
10742 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
10743 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
10744 | |
10745 ;;;*** | |
10746 | |
10747 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
25998 | 10748 ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
25876 | 10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
10750 | |
10751 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
10752 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
10753 The keys affected are: | |
10754 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
10755 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
10756 M-Backspace does undo. | |
10757 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
10758 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
10759 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
10760 | |
10761 ;;;*** | |
10762 | |
10763 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
25998 | 10764 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216)) |
25876 | 10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
10766 | |
10767 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
10768 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
10769 | |
10770 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10771 | |
10772 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
10773 which modify the status of the mark. | |
10774 | |
10775 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
10776 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
10777 | |
10778 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
10779 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
10780 | |
10781 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
10782 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
10783 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
10784 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
10785 turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
10786 | |
10787 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
10788 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
10789 | |
10790 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
10791 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10792 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
10793 | |
10794 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
10795 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
10796 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
10797 | |
10798 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
10799 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
10800 | |
10801 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
10802 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
10803 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
10804 | |
10805 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
10806 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
10807 but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
10808 | |
10809 F6 other-window | |
10810 DELETE delete-char | |
10811 C-DELETE kill-line | |
10812 M-DELETE kill-word | |
10813 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
10814 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
10815 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
10816 | |
10817 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
10818 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
10819 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
10820 and cursor movement commands. | |
10821 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
10822 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
10823 | |
10824 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10825 | |
10826 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
10827 | |
10828 ;;;*** | |
10829 | |
28162 | 10830 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine |
28919 | 10831 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14619 3307)) |
28162 | 10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
10833 | |
10834 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
10835 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
10836 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
10837 and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
10838 | |
10839 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil) | |
10840 | |
10841 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ | |
10842 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
10843 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
10844 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
10845 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
10846 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
10847 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
10848 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
10849 | |
10850 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
10851 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
10852 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
10853 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
10854 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
10855 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil) | |
10856 | |
10857 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
10858 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
10859 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
10860 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
10861 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
10862 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
10863 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
10864 | |
10865 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
10866 | |
10867 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ | |
10868 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
10869 NIL means never do it. | |
10870 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | |
10871 command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
10872 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
10873 | |
10874 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))) | |
10875 | |
10876 ;;;*** | |
10877 | |
28288 | 10878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685)) |
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el | |
10880 | |
10881 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m)) | |
10882 | |
10883 ;;;*** | |
10884 | |
25876 | 10885 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
25998 | 10886 ;;;;;; (13639 61036)) |
25876 | 10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
10888 | |
10889 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
10890 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
10891 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
10892 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
10893 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
10894 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
10895 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
10896 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
10897 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
10898 perl-tab-always-indent | |
10899 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
10900 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
10901 perl-tab-to-comment | |
10902 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
10903 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
10904 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
10905 perl-nochange | |
10906 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
10907 perl-indent-level | |
10908 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
10909 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
10910 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
10911 perl-continued-statement-offset | |
10912 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
10913 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
10914 perl-continued-brace-offset | |
10915 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
10916 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
10917 perl-brace-offset | |
10918 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
10919 perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
10920 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
10921 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
10922 perl-label-offset | |
10923 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
10924 | |
10925 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
10926 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
10927 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
10928 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
10929 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
10930 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
10931 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
10932 | |
10933 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10934 | |
10935 ;;;*** | |
10936 | |
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
26724 | 10938 ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
25876 | 10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
10940 | |
10941 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
10942 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
10943 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
10944 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
10945 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
10946 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
10947 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
10948 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
10949 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
10950 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
10951 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
10952 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
10953 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
10954 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
10955 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
10956 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
10957 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
10958 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
10959 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
10960 with these commands: | |
10961 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
10962 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
10963 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
10964 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
10965 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
10966 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
10967 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
10968 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
10969 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
10970 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
10971 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
10972 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
10973 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
10974 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
10975 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
10976 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
10977 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
10978 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
10979 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
10980 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
10981 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
10982 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
10983 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
10984 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
10985 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
10986 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
10987 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
10988 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
10989 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
10990 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
10991 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
10992 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
10993 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
10994 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
10995 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
10996 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
10997 | |
10998 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
10999 | |
11000 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
11001 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
11002 | |
11003 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
11004 | |
11005 ;;;*** | |
11006 | |
27321 | 11007 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473)) |
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el | |
11009 | |
11010 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
11011 Play pong and waste time. | |
11012 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
11013 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
11014 | |
11015 pong-mode keybindings: | |
11016 \\<pong-mode-map> | |
11017 | |
11018 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11019 | |
11020 ;;;*** | |
11021 | |
25876 | 11022 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
27321 | 11023 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860)) |
25876 | 11024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
11025 | |
11026 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
11027 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
11028 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
11029 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
11030 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
11031 | |
11032 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
11033 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
11034 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
11035 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
11036 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
11037 | |
11038 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
11039 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
11040 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
11041 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
11042 | |
11043 ;;;*** | |
11044 | |
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
25998 | 11046 ;;;;;; (13446 12665)) |
25876 | 11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
11048 | |
11049 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
11050 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
11051 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
11052 Commands: | |
11053 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
11054 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
11055 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
11056 | |
11057 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
11058 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
11059 | |
11060 ;;;*** | |
11061 | |
26724 | 11062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101)) |
25876 | 11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
11064 | |
11065 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
11066 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
11067 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
11068 | |
11069 ;;;*** | |
11070 | |
26724 | 11071 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380 |
27321 | 11072 ;;;;;; 3795)) |
25998 | 11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
11074 | |
11075 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
11076 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
11077 | |
11078 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
11079 | |
11080 The following variables hold user options, and can | |
11081 be set through the `customize' command: | |
11082 | |
11083 ps-mode-auto-indent | |
11084 ps-mode-tab | |
11085 ps-mode-paper-size | |
11086 ps-mode-print-function | |
11087 ps-run-prompt | |
26724 | 11088 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
25998 | 11089 ps-run-x |
11090 ps-run-dumb | |
11091 ps-run-init | |
11092 ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
26724 | 11093 ps-run-tmp-dir |
25998 | 11094 |
11095 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
11096 | |
11097 | |
11098 \\{ps-mode-map} | |
11099 | |
11100 | |
11101 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
11102 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
11103 The keymap for this second window is: | |
11104 | |
11105 \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
11106 | |
11107 | |
11108 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
11109 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
11110 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
11111 to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
11112 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
11113 " t nil) | |
11114 | |
11115 ;;;*** | |
11116 | |
25876 | 11117 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
26899 | 11118 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font |
27164 | 11119 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" |
28710 | 11120 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14588 21278)) |
25876 | 11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
11122 | |
27164 | 11123 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
11124 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
11125 | |
11126 Valid values are: | |
11127 | |
11128 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
11129 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
11130 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
11131 changed by setting the variable | |
11132 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
11133 The initial value of this variable is | |
11134 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
11135 documentation). | |
11136 | |
11137 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
11138 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
11139 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
11140 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
11141 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
11142 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
11143 test it. | |
11144 | |
11145 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
11146 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
11147 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
11148 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
11149 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
11150 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts | |
11151 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | |
11152 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
11153 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable | |
11154 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | |
11155 documentation of this variable). | |
11156 | |
11157 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
11158 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
11159 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
11160 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
11161 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
11162 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
11163 | |
11164 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
11165 | |
25876 | 11166 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
11167 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
11168 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
11169 | |
11170 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
11171 | |
11172 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
11173 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
11174 | |
11175 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
11176 | |
11177 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
11178 | |
11179 Returns the value: | |
11180 | |
11181 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
11182 | |
11183 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
11184 the sequence." nil nil) | |
11185 | |
26899 | 11186 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
11187 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
11188 | |
11189 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
11190 composition. | |
11191 | |
11192 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
11193 | |
11194 Returns the value: | |
11195 | |
11196 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
11197 | |
11198 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
11199 the sequence." nil nil) | |
11200 | |
25876 | 11201 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
11202 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
11203 | |
11204 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
11205 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
11206 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
11207 | |
11208 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
11209 | |
11210 ;;;*** | |
11211 | |
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
11213 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
11214 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
11215 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
27321 | 11216 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
28764 | 11217 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14602 58229)) |
25876 | 11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
11219 | |
11220 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
11221 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 11222 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
11223 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
11224 | |
27321 | 11225 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
11226 Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
11227 | |
25876 | 11228 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
11229 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11230 | |
11231 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
11232 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
11233 in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
11234 | |
11235 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
11236 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
11237 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
11238 | |
11239 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11240 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11241 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11242 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11243 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
11244 | |
11245 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11246 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
11247 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
11248 | |
11249 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11250 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
11251 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11252 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11253 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
11254 | |
11255 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
11256 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11257 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
11258 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
11259 | |
11260 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11261 | |
11262 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11263 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
11264 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11265 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11266 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
11267 | |
11268 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11269 | |
11270 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11271 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
11272 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
11273 | |
11274 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11275 | |
11276 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
11277 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
11278 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
11279 information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
11280 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
11281 | |
11282 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
11283 | |
11284 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
11285 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
11286 | |
11287 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
11288 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
11289 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
11290 | |
11291 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
11292 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
11293 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
11294 | |
11295 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
11296 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
11297 using the current ps-print setup. | |
11298 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
11299 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
11300 | |
11301 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
11302 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
11303 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
11304 | |
11305 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
11306 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
11307 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
11308 | |
11309 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
11310 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
11311 | |
11312 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
11313 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
11314 | |
11315 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
11316 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
11317 | |
11318 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
11319 | |
11320 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
11321 | |
11322 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
11323 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
11324 | |
11325 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
11326 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
11327 | |
11328 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
11329 | |
11330 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
11331 | |
11332 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
11333 | |
11334 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
11335 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
11336 | |
11337 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
11338 bold - use bold font. | |
11339 italic - use italic font. | |
11340 underline - put a line under text. | |
11341 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
11342 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
11343 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
11344 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
11345 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
11346 | |
11347 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
11348 | |
11349 ;;;*** | |
11350 | |
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
11352 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout | |
11353 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" | |
28288 | 11354 ;;;;;; (14551 28773)) |
25876 | 11355 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
11356 | |
11357 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
11358 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
11359 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
11360 | |
11361 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
11362 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
11363 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
11364 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
11365 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
11366 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
11367 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
11368 | |
11369 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
11370 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
11371 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
11372 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
11373 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
11374 shown. | |
11375 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
11376 | |
11377 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. | |
11378 | |
11379 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
11380 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
11381 command to be called. | |
11382 | |
11383 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
11384 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
11385 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
11386 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
11387 | |
11388 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
11389 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
11390 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
11391 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
11392 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
11393 to t. | |
11394 | |
11395 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
11396 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
11397 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
11398 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
11399 | |
11400 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
11401 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
11402 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
11403 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
11404 | |
11405 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
11406 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
11407 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
11408 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
11409 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
11410 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
11411 | |
11412 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
11413 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
11414 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
11415 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
11416 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
11417 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
11418 | |
11419 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
11420 covers Quail translation region. | |
11421 | |
11422 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
11423 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
11424 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
11425 for it) is inserted. | |
11426 | |
11427 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
11428 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
11429 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
11430 | |
11431 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
11432 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
11433 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
11434 | |
11435 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
11436 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
11437 | |
11438 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
11439 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
11440 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
11441 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
11442 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
11443 | |
11444 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ | |
11445 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
11446 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
11447 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
11448 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
11449 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
11450 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
11451 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
11452 for the translation. | |
11453 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
11454 | |
11455 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
11456 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro)) | |
11457 | |
11458 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
11459 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 11460 |
11461 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
11462 which to install MAP. | |
11463 | |
25876 | 11464 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
11465 | |
11466 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ | |
11467 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
11468 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
11469 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
11470 a function, or a cons. | |
11471 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
11472 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
11473 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
11474 for the translation. | |
11475 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
11476 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
11477 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
11478 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
11479 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
11480 | |
11481 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
11482 it is used to handle KEY. | |
11483 | |
11484 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
11485 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
11486 current Quail package. | |
11487 | |
11488 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
11489 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
11490 | |
11491 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
11492 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil) | |
11493 | |
11494 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
11495 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
11496 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
11497 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
11498 of the Emacs source tree. | |
11499 | |
11500 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
11501 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
11502 | |
11503 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
11504 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
11505 of each directory." t nil) | |
11506 | |
11507 ;;;*** | |
11508 | |
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
11510 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
28288 | 11511 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554 |
11512 ;;;;;; 7245)) | |
28212 | 11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
25876 | 11514 |
11515 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
11516 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
11517 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
11518 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
11519 | |
11520 To make use of this do something like: | |
11521 | |
11522 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
11523 | |
11524 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
11525 | |
11526 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
11527 | |
11528 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
11529 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
11530 | |
11531 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
11532 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
11533 | |
11534 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
11535 is decided." t nil) | |
11536 | |
11537 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
11538 | |
11539 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
11540 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
11541 | |
11542 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
11543 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
11544 | |
11545 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
11546 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
11547 | |
11548 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
11549 | |
11550 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
11551 | |
11552 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
11553 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
11554 | |
11555 ;;;*** | |
11556 | |
28212 | 11557 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149 |
25998 | 11558 ;;;;;; 16808)) |
28212 | 11559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
25876 | 11560 |
11561 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
11562 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
11563 See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
11564 | |
11565 ;;;*** | |
11566 | |
28077 | 11567 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
28162 | 11568 ;;;;;; (14539 41135)) |
28077 | 11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
11570 | |
11571 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
11572 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil) | |
11573 | |
11574 ;;;*** | |
11575 | |
27949 | 11576 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list |
28162 | 11577 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539 |
11578 ;;;;;; 49146)) | |
25999 | 11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
11580 | |
11581 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ | |
11582 Toggle recentf mode. | |
11583 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11584 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on). | |
11585 | |
11586 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
11587 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
11588 | |
11589 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
11590 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
11591 | |
27949 | 11592 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
11593 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
11594 | |
25999 | 11595 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
27949 | 11596 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
11597 | |
11598 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ | |
11599 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
25999 | 11600 |
11601 ;;;*** | |
11602 | |
28162 | 11603 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle |
11604 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle | |
11605 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
11606 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537 | |
11607 ;;;;;; 23030)) | |
25876 | 11608 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
11609 | |
11610 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
11611 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
11612 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
25998 | 11613 spaces and tab. |
11614 | |
11615 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
11616 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11617 |
11618 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11619 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
11620 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
11621 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
11622 ends. | |
11623 | |
11624 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11625 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
11626 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 11627 |
11628 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11629 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
11630 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
11631 | |
11632 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11633 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
11634 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11635 |
11636 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11637 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
11638 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11639 |
11640 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11641 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
11642 | |
11643 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11644 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
11645 | |
11646 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
11647 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 11648 |
11649 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11650 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
11651 | |
11652 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11653 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
11654 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
11655 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
11656 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
11657 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
11658 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
11659 | |
11660 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11661 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
11662 | |
25876 | 11663 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 11664 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
11665 | |
11666 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11667 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
11668 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 11669 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
11670 | |
11671 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
11672 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
11673 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
11674 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 11675 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
11676 | |
11677 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11678 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 11679 |
11680 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 11681 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
11682 | |
11683 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11684 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
11685 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 11686 |
28162 | 11687 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
11688 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil) | |
11689 | |
25876 | 11690 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
25998 | 11691 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
11692 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
11693 | |
11694 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
11695 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
11696 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
11697 | |
11698 ;;;*** | |
11699 | |
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" | |
27949 | 11701 ;;;;;; (14495 18077)) |
25876 | 11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
11703 | |
11704 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
11705 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
11706 | |
11707 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
11708 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
11709 | |
25998 | 11710 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
11711 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
11712 | |
25876 | 11713 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
11714 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
11715 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
11716 \\ref macro. | |
11717 | |
11718 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
11719 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
11720 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
11721 | |
25998 | 11722 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
11723 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
11724 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 11725 |
11726 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
11727 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
11728 | |
11729 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
11730 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
11731 | |
11732 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
11733 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
11734 on the menu bar. | |
11735 | |
11736 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
11737 | |
25998 | 11738 ;;;*** |
11739 | |
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
27949 | 11741 ;;;;;; (14495 18066)) |
25998 | 11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
11743 | |
11744 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 11745 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
11746 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
11747 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
11748 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
11749 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
11750 | |
11751 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
11752 | |
26963 | 11753 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
11754 | |
25876 | 11755 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
11756 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
11757 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
11758 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
11759 | |
11760 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
11761 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
11762 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
11763 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
11764 | |
11765 ;;;*** | |
11766 | |
26963 | 11767 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
27949 | 11768 ;;;;;; (14495 18068)) |
26963 | 11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
11770 | |
11771 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
11772 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
11773 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
11774 | |
11775 To insert new phrases, use | |
11776 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
11777 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
11778 | |
11779 To index phrases use one of: | |
11780 | |
11781 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
11782 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
11783 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
11784 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
11785 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
11786 | |
11787 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
11788 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
11789 | |
11790 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
11791 | |
11792 Here are all local bindings. | |
11793 | |
11794 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
11795 | |
11796 ;;;*** | |
11797 | |
25876 | 11798 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
28919 | 11799 ;;;;;; (14619 3367)) |
25876 | 11800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
11801 | |
11802 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
11803 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
11804 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
11805 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
11806 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
11807 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
11808 | |
11809 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) | |
28077 | 11810 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil) |
25876 | 11811 |
11812 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
11813 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
11814 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
11815 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
11816 | |
11817 ;;;*** | |
11818 | |
25998 | 11819 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
25876 | 11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
11821 | |
11822 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
11823 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
11824 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
11825 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
11826 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
11827 | |
11828 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
11829 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
11830 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
11831 | |
11832 ;;;*** | |
11833 | |
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
27321 | 11835 ;;;;;; (14356 24412)) |
25876 | 11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
11837 | |
26724 | 11838 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
11839 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
11840 | |
11841 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
11842 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
11843 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
11844 | |
11845 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
11846 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
11847 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
11848 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
11849 left after that text. | |
11850 | |
11851 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
11852 is non-nil. | |
11853 | |
11854 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
11855 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
11856 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
11857 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 11858 |
11859 ;;;*** | |
11860 | |
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
25998 | 11862 ;;;;;; (13229 29317)) |
25876 | 11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
11864 | |
11865 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
11866 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
11867 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
11868 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
11869 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
11870 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
11871 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
11872 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
11873 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
11874 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
11875 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
11876 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
11877 the comment lines. | |
11878 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
11879 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
11880 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
11881 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
11882 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
11883 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
11884 | |
11885 ;;;*** | |
11886 | |
11887 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
11888 ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
11890 | |
11891 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
11892 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
11893 | |
11894 ;;;*** | |
11895 | |
11896 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
25998 | 11897 ;;;;;; (14283 6810)) |
25876 | 11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
11899 | |
11900 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
11901 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
11902 | |
11903 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
11904 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
11905 | |
11906 ;;;*** | |
11907 | |
28212 | 11908 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959)) |
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | |
25876 | 11910 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
11911 | |
11912 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
11913 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
11914 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
11915 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
11916 | |
11917 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
11918 | |
11919 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
11920 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
11921 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
11922 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
11923 | |
11924 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
11925 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
11926 | |
11927 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
11928 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
11929 | |
11930 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
11931 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
11932 INPUT-ARGS. | |
11933 | |
11934 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
11935 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
11936 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
11937 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
11938 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
11939 | |
11940 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
11941 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
11942 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
11943 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
11944 | |
11945 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
11946 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
11947 variable." t nil) | |
11948 | |
11949 ;;;*** | |
11950 | |
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
28919 | 11952 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge |
11953 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
11954 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
11955 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
11956 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
11957 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14623 46032)) | |
25876 | 11958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
11959 | |
11960 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
11961 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
11962 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
11963 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
11964 | |
11965 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
11966 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
11967 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
11968 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
11969 value is the user's name.) | |
11970 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
11971 | |
11972 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\ | |
11973 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
11974 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
11975 which normally happens once for each message, | |
11976 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
11977 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
11978 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
11979 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
11980 | |
11981 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
11982 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
11983 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
11984 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
11985 | |
11986 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
11987 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
11988 | |
11989 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
11990 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
11991 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
11992 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
11993 | |
11994 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
11995 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
11996 | |
11997 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
11998 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
11999 | |
12000 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
12001 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
12002 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
12003 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
12004 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
12005 | |
12006 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
12007 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
12008 | |
12009 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
12010 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
12011 | |
12012 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
12013 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
12014 | |
28292 | 12015 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\ |
12016 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") | |
12017 | |
25876 | 12018 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
12019 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
12020 | |
12021 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
12022 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
12023 | |
12024 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
12025 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
12026 | |
27949 | 12027 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
12028 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
12029 | |
25876 | 12030 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
12031 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
12032 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
12033 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
12034 | |
12035 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
12036 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
12037 | |
12038 This is set to nil by default.") | |
12039 | |
12040 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
12041 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
12042 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
12043 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
12044 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
12045 | |
12046 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
12047 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
12048 | |
12049 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
12050 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
12051 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
12052 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
12053 | |
12054 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
12055 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
12056 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
12057 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
12058 | |
12059 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
12060 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
12061 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
12062 | |
12063 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
12064 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
12065 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
12066 | |
12067 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
12068 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
12069 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
12070 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
12071 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
12072 | |
12073 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
12074 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
12075 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
12076 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
12077 | |
12078 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
12079 | |
12080 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
12081 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
12082 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
12083 Instead, these commands are available: | |
12084 | |
12085 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
12086 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
12087 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
12088 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
12089 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
12090 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
12091 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
12092 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
12093 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
12094 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
12095 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
12096 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
12097 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
12098 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
12099 till a deleted message is found. | |
12100 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
12101 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
12102 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
12103 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
12104 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
12105 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
12106 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
12107 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
12108 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
12109 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
12110 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
12111 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
12112 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
12113 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
12114 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
12115 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
12116 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
12117 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
12118 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
12119 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
12120 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
12121 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
12122 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
12123 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
12124 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
12125 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
12126 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
12127 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
12128 | |
12129 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
12130 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
12131 | |
12132 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
12133 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
12134 | |
12135 ;;;*** | |
12136 | |
12137 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
27321 | 12138 ;;;;;; (14387 64145)) |
25876 | 12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
12140 | |
12141 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
12142 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
12143 | |
12144 ;;;*** | |
12145 | |
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
12147 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
25998 | 12148 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
25876 | 12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
12150 | |
12151 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12152 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
12153 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
12154 | |
12155 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12156 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
12157 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
12158 | |
12159 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
12160 | |
12161 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12162 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
12163 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
12164 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
12165 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
12166 | |
12167 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
12168 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
12169 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
12170 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
12171 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
12172 | |
12173 ;;;*** | |
12174 | |
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
25998 | 12176 ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
25876 | 12177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
12178 | |
12179 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
12180 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
12181 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
12182 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
12183 | |
12184 ;;;*** | |
12185 | |
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
12187 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
25998 | 12188 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393)) |
25876 | 12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
12190 | |
12191 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
12192 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
12193 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
12194 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
12195 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
12196 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
12197 a file name as a string.") | |
12198 | |
12199 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
12200 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
12201 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
12202 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
12203 buffer visiting that file. | |
12204 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
12205 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
12206 | |
12207 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
12208 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
12209 | |
12210 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
12211 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil) | |
12212 | |
12213 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
12214 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
12215 | |
12216 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
12217 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
12218 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
12219 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
12220 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
12221 | |
12222 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
12223 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
12224 will be appended with their original headers. | |
12225 | |
12226 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
12227 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
12228 | |
12229 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
12230 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
12231 | |
12232 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
12233 | |
12234 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
12235 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
12236 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
12237 | |
12238 ;;;*** | |
12239 | |
12240 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
12241 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
25998 | 12242 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
12243 ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
25876 | 12244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
12245 | |
12246 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12247 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
12248 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12249 | |
12250 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12251 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
12252 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12253 | |
12254 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12255 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
12256 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12257 | |
12258 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12259 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
12260 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12261 | |
12262 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12263 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
12264 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12265 | |
12266 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12267 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
12268 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
12269 | |
12270 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
12271 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
12272 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
12273 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
12274 | |
12275 ;;;*** | |
12276 | |
28523 | 12277 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
12278 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
12279 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
12280 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
28710 | 12281 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14597 48840)) |
25876 | 12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
12283 | |
12284 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
12285 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
12286 | |
12287 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
12288 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
12289 | |
12290 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12291 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
12292 | |
12293 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12294 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
12295 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
12296 | |
12297 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12298 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
12299 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
12300 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
12301 only look in the To and From fields. | |
12302 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
12303 | |
12304 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12305 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
12306 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
12307 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
12308 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
12309 | |
12310 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12311 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
12312 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
12313 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
12314 look in the whole message. | |
12315 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
12316 | |
12317 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
12318 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
12319 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
12320 | |
12321 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
12322 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
12323 | |
12324 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
12325 | |
28523 | 12326 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
12327 *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
12328 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
12329 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
12330 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
12331 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
12332 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
12333 | |
12334 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
12335 sent by you under different user names. | |
12336 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses. | |
12337 | |
12338 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
12339 | |
25876 | 12340 ;;;*** |
12341 | |
12342 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el" | |
25998 | 12343 ;;;;;; (14263 36299)) |
25876 | 12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el |
12345 | |
12346 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
12347 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
12348 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
12349 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
12350 | |
12351 ;;;*** | |
12352 | |
12353 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
27321 | 12354 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574)) |
25876 | 12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
12356 | |
12357 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
12358 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
12359 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
12360 | |
12361 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
12362 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
12363 | |
12364 ;;;*** | |
12365 | |
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
12367 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
12368 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
25998 | 12369 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409)) |
25876 | 12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
12371 | |
12372 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 12373 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12374 |
12375 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12376 | |
12377 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
12378 | |
12379 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 12380 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12381 |
12382 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 12383 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12384 |
12385 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 12386 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12387 |
12388 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 12389 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12390 |
12391 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 12392 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 12393 |
12394 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 12395 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 12396 |
12397 ;;;*** | |
12398 | |
12399 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
27016 | 12400 ;;;;;; (14432 37919)) |
25876 | 12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
12402 | |
12403 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
12404 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 12405 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 12406 |
12407 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
12408 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
12409 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
12410 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
12411 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information | |
12412 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode. | |
12413 | |
12414 Commands: | |
12415 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12416 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
12417 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 12418 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 12419 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
12420 | |
12421 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
12422 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 12423 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 12424 |
12425 Commands: | |
12426 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12427 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
12428 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
12429 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
12430 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
12431 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
12432 | |
12433 ;;;*** | |
12434 | |
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
27321 | 12436 ;;;;;; (14030 49477)) |
25876 | 12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
12438 | |
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
12440 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
12441 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
12442 | |
12443 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12444 | |
12445 ;;;*** | |
12446 | |
26724 | 12447 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381 |
27321 | 12448 ;;;;;; 55098)) |
25876 | 12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
12450 | |
12451 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
12452 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 12453 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 12454 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
12455 | |
12456 Interesting variables: | |
12457 | |
12458 scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
12459 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
12460 | |
12461 scribe-electric-quote | |
12462 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
12463 | |
12464 scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
12465 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
12466 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
12467 | |
12468 ;;;*** | |
12469 | |
12470 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
12471 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
12472 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
25998 | 12473 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from |
28919 | 12474 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14603 14745)) |
25876 | 12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
12476 | |
12477 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
12478 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
12479 | |
12480 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
12481 king@grassland.com | |
12482 If `parens', they look like: | |
12483 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
12484 If `angles', they look like: | |
12485 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 12486 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
12487 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
12488 | |
12489 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
12490 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
12491 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
12492 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
12493 | |
12494 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\ | |
12495 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. | |
12496 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
12497 | |
12498 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
12499 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 12500 |
12501 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
12502 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
12503 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
12504 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
12505 | |
12506 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
12507 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
12508 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
12509 | |
12510 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
12511 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
12512 | |
12513 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
12514 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
12515 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
12516 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.") | |
12517 | |
12518 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
12519 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
12520 | |
12521 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
12522 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
12523 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
12524 | |
12525 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
12526 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
12527 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
12528 when you first send mail.") | |
12529 | |
12530 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
12531 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
12532 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
12533 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
12534 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
12535 | |
12536 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
12537 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
12538 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
12539 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
12540 This file need not actually exist.") | |
12541 | |
12542 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
12543 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
12544 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
12545 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
12546 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
12547 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
12548 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
12549 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
12550 | |
12551 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
12552 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
12553 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
12554 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
12555 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
12556 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
12557 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
12558 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
12559 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
12560 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
12561 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
12562 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
12563 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil) | |
12564 | |
12565 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
12566 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
12567 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
12568 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
12569 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 12570 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 12571 |
12572 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
12573 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
12574 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
12575 | |
12576 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
12577 User should not set this variable manually, | |
12578 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
12579 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 12580 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 12581 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
12582 | |
12583 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
12584 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
12585 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
12586 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
12587 | |
12588 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
12589 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
12590 | |
12591 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
12592 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
12593 | |
12594 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
12595 to move to message header fields: | |
12596 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
12597 | |
12598 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
12599 when the message is initialized. | |
12600 | |
12601 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
12602 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
12603 | |
12604 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
12605 is inserted. | |
12606 | |
12607 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
12608 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
12609 | |
12610 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
12611 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
12612 | |
12613 The second through fifth arguments, | |
12614 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
12615 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
12616 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
12617 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
12618 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
12619 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
12620 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
12621 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
12622 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
12623 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
12624 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
12625 | |
12626 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
12627 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
12628 | |
12629 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
12630 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
12631 | |
12632 ;;;*** | |
12633 | |
25998 | 12634 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343)) |
25876 | 12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
12636 | |
12637 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
12638 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
12639 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
12640 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
12641 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
12642 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
12643 | |
12644 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
12645 | |
12646 ;;;*** | |
12647 | |
12648 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
27949 | 12649 ;;;;;; (14501 37288)) |
25876 | 12650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
12651 | |
12652 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
12653 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
12654 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
12655 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
12656 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
12657 | |
12658 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
12659 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
12660 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
12661 | |
12662 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
12663 your `.emacs' file. | |
12664 | |
12665 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
12666 | |
12667 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
12668 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
12669 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12670 | |
12671 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
12672 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
12673 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
12674 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
12675 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
12676 which this is based. | |
12677 | |
12678 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
12679 | |
12680 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
12681 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
12682 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
12683 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
12684 | |
12685 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
12686 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
12687 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
12688 | |
12689 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
12690 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
12691 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
12692 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
12693 | |
12694 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
12695 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
12696 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
12697 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
12698 | |
12699 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
12700 | |
12701 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
12702 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
12703 To work around that, do: | |
12704 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
12705 | |
12706 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12707 | |
12708 ;;;*** | |
12709 | |
12710 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
28939 | 12711 ;;;;;; (14624 22794)) |
25876 | 12712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
12713 | |
12714 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
12715 | |
12716 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
12717 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
12718 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
12719 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
12720 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
12721 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
12722 | |
12723 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
12724 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
12725 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
12726 shell-specific features. | |
12727 | |
12728 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
12729 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
12730 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
12731 | |
12732 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
12733 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
12734 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
12735 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
12736 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
12737 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
12738 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
12739 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
12740 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
12741 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
12742 | |
25998 | 12743 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
12744 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
12745 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
12746 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
12747 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
12748 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
12749 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted. | |
12750 | |
12751 | |
25876 | 12752 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
12753 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
12754 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
12755 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
12756 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
12757 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
12758 | |
12759 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
12760 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
12761 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
12762 | |
12763 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
12764 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
12765 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
12766 | |
12767 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
12768 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
12769 | |
12770 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
12771 | |
12772 ;;;*** | |
12773 | |
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
25998 | 12775 ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
25876 | 12776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
12777 | |
12778 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
12779 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
12780 | |
12781 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
12782 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
12783 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
12784 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
12785 the earlier. | |
12786 | |
12787 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
12788 | |
12789 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
12790 | |
12791 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
12792 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
12793 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
12794 | |
12795 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
12796 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
12797 | |
12798 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
12799 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
12800 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
12801 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
12802 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
12803 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
12804 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
12805 emacs version). | |
12806 | |
12807 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
12808 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
12809 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
12810 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
12811 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
12812 | |
12813 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
12814 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
12815 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
12816 | |
12817 ;;;*** | |
12818 | |
12819 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el" | |
25998 | 12820 ;;;;;; (14263 35978)) |
25876 | 12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
12822 | |
12823 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\ | |
12824 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell. | |
12825 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well. | |
12826 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the | |
12827 shell buffer. | |
12828 | |
12829 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does, | |
12830 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input | |
12831 on lines which don't start with a prompt. | |
12832 | |
12833 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.") | |
12834 | |
12835 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
12836 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*. | |
12837 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
12838 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'. | |
12839 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', | |
12840 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
12841 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
12842 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
12843 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
12844 discards input when it starts up.) | |
12845 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
12846 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
12847 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
12848 | |
12849 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
12850 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
12851 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
12852 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
12853 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
12854 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
12855 | |
12856 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
12857 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
12858 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
12859 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
12860 | |
12861 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
12862 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
12863 | |
12864 ;;;*** | |
12865 | |
25998 | 12866 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
12867 ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
25876 | 12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
12869 | |
12870 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
12871 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
12872 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
12873 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
12874 simula-tab-always-indent | |
12875 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
12876 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12877 simula-indent-level | |
12878 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
12879 simula-substatement-offset | |
12880 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
12881 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
12882 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
12883 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
12884 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
12885 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
12886 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
12887 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
12888 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12889 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
12890 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
12891 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
12892 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
12893 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
12894 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
12895 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
12896 simula-electric-indent nil | |
12897 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
12898 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
12899 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
12900 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
12901 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
12902 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12903 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
12904 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
12905 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
12906 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
12907 | |
12908 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
12909 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
12910 | |
12911 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
12912 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
12913 at all." t nil) | |
12914 | |
12915 ;;;*** | |
12916 | |
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
12918 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
25998 | 12919 ;;;;;; (13940 33497)) |
25876 | 12920 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
12921 | |
12922 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
12923 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
12924 | |
12925 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
12926 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
12927 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
12928 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
12929 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
12930 | |
12931 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
12932 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12933 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12934 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12935 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12936 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12937 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12938 | |
12939 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12940 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12941 ignored." t nil) | |
12942 | |
12943 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
12944 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12945 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
12946 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
12947 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
12948 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
12949 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
12950 | |
12951 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
12952 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
12953 ignored." t nil) | |
12954 | |
12955 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
12956 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
12957 | |
12958 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
12959 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
12960 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
12961 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
12962 | |
12963 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
12964 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
12965 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
12966 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
12967 | |
12968 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
12969 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
12970 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
12971 | |
12972 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
12973 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
12974 | |
12975 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
12976 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
12977 | |
12978 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
12979 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
12980 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
12981 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
12982 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
12983 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
12984 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
12985 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
12986 nil skipped | |
12987 | |
12988 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
12989 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
12990 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
12991 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
12992 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
12993 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
12994 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
12995 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
12996 | |
12997 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
12998 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
12999 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
13000 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
13001 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
13002 available: | |
13003 | |
13004 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
13005 then: insert previously read string once more | |
13006 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
13007 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
13008 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
13009 | |
13010 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
13011 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
13012 | |
13013 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
13014 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
13015 | |
13016 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
13017 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
13018 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
13019 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
13020 | |
13021 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
13022 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
13023 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
13024 | |
13025 ;;;*** | |
13026 | |
28288 | 13027 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14552 |
13028 ;;;;;; 48942)) | |
26899 | 13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
13030 | |
13031 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
13032 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
13033 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13034 | |
13035 ;;;*** | |
13036 | |
25876 | 13037 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
27321 | 13038 ;;;;;; (14342 21398)) |
25876 | 13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
13040 | |
13041 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
13042 | |
13043 ;;;*** | |
13044 | |
25998 | 13045 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
25876 | 13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
13047 | |
13048 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
13049 Play the Snake game. | |
13050 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
13051 | |
13052 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
13053 | |
13054 snake-mode keybindings: | |
13055 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
13056 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
13057 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
13058 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
13059 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
13060 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
13061 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
13062 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
13063 | |
13064 " t nil) | |
13065 | |
13066 ;;;*** | |
13067 | |
28212 | 13068 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
25998 | 13069 ;;;;;; (14082 18459)) |
28212 | 13070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
25876 | 13071 |
13072 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
13073 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
13074 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
13075 Tab indents for C code. | |
13076 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
13077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13078 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
13079 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
13080 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
13081 | |
13082 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
13083 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
13084 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
13085 Tab indents for C code. | |
13086 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
13087 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13088 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
13089 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
13090 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
13091 | |
13092 ;;;*** | |
13093 | |
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
13095 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
13096 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
13097 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
13098 | |
13099 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
13100 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
13101 | |
13102 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
13103 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
13104 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
13105 | |
13106 For example, the form | |
13107 | |
13108 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
13109 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
13110 | |
13111 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
13112 | |
13113 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
13114 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
13115 | |
13116 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
13117 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
13118 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
13119 York City. | |
13120 | |
13121 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
13122 | |
13123 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
13124 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
13125 | |
13126 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
13127 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
13128 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
13129 York City. | |
13130 | |
13131 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
13132 | |
13133 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
13134 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
13135 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
13136 pair. | |
13137 | |
13138 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
13139 | |
13140 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
13141 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
13142 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
13143 | |
13144 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
13145 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
13146 | |
13147 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
13148 | |
13149 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
13150 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
13151 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
13152 | |
13153 ;;;*** | |
13154 | |
13155 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
25998 | 13156 ;;;;;; 20348)) |
25876 | 13157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
13158 | |
13159 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
13160 Play Solitaire. | |
13161 | |
13162 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
13163 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
13164 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
13165 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
13166 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
13167 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
13168 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
13169 check after each move or undo) | |
13170 | |
13171 What is Solitaire? | |
13172 | |
13173 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
13174 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
13175 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
13176 | |
13177 Le Solitaire | |
13178 ============ | |
13179 | |
13180 o o o | |
13181 | |
13182 o o o | |
13183 | |
13184 o o o o o o o | |
13185 | |
13186 o o o . o o o | |
13187 | |
13188 o o o o o o o | |
13189 | |
13190 o o o | |
13191 | |
13192 o o o | |
13193 | |
13194 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
13195 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
13196 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
13197 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
13198 | |
13199 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
13200 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
13201 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
13202 this: o o . | |
13203 | |
13204 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
13205 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
13206 | |
13207 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
13208 | |
13209 o o o | |
13210 | |
13211 . o o | |
13212 | |
13213 o o . o o o o | |
13214 | |
13215 o . o o o o o | |
13216 | |
13217 o o o o o o o | |
13218 | |
13219 o o o | |
13220 | |
13221 o o o | |
13222 | |
13223 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
13224 | |
13225 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13226 | |
13227 ;;;*** | |
13228 | |
13229 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
13230 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
27545 | 13231 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636)) |
25876 | 13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
13233 | |
13234 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
13235 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
13236 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
13237 | |
13238 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
13239 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
13240 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
13241 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
13242 contiguous. | |
13243 | |
13244 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
13245 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
13246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13247 the sort order. | |
13248 | |
13249 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
13250 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
13251 | |
13252 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
13253 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
13254 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
13255 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
13256 is called. | |
13257 | |
13258 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
13259 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
13260 | |
13261 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
13262 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
13263 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
13264 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
13265 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
13266 | |
13267 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
13268 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
13269 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
13270 | |
13271 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
13272 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
13273 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13274 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
13275 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13276 the sort order." t nil) | |
13277 | |
13278 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
13279 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
13280 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13281 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
13282 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13283 the sort order." t nil) | |
13284 | |
13285 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
13286 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
13287 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13288 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
13289 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13290 the sort order." t nil) | |
13291 | |
13292 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
13293 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
13294 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
27545 | 13295 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
13296 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
13297 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
25876 | 13298 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
13299 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13300 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
13301 | |
13302 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
13303 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
13304 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
13305 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
13306 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
13307 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
13308 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13309 the sort order." t nil) | |
13310 | |
13311 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
13312 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
13313 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
13314 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
13315 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
13316 is to be used for sorting. | |
13317 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
13318 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
13319 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
13320 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
13321 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
13322 | |
13323 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
13324 | |
13325 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13326 the sort order. | |
13327 | |
13328 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
13329 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
13330 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
13331 | |
13332 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
13333 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
13334 For the purpose of this command, the region includes | |
13335 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
13336 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
13337 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order. | |
13338 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
13339 the sort order. | |
13340 | |
13341 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
13342 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
13343 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
13344 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
13345 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
13346 | |
13347 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
13348 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
13349 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
13350 | |
13351 ;;;*** | |
13352 | |
13353 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
28939 | 13354 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14625 15888)) |
25876 | 13355 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
13356 | |
13357 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
13358 | |
13359 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
13360 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
13361 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
13362 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
13363 supported at a time. | |
13364 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
13365 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
13366 | |
13367 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
13368 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
13369 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
13370 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
13371 | |
13372 ;;;*** | |
13373 | |
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
25998 | 13375 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
25876 | 13376 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
13377 | |
13378 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
13379 | |
13380 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
13381 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
13382 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
13383 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
13384 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
13385 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
13386 | |
13387 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
13388 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
13389 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
13390 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
13391 | |
13392 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
13393 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
13394 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
13395 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
13396 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
13397 | |
13398 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
13399 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
13400 | |
13401 ;;;*** | |
13402 | |
13403 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607 | |
25998 | 13404 ;;;;;; 43485)) |
25876 | 13405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
13406 | |
13407 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
13408 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
13409 | |
13410 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
13411 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
13412 | |
13413 ;;;*** | |
13414 | |
13415 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" | |
27321 | 13416 ;;;;;; (14395 64503)) |
25876 | 13417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
13418 | |
13419 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 13420 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 13421 |
13422 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
13423 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
13424 | |
13425 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
13426 | |
13427 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
13428 | |
13429 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
13430 | |
13431 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
13432 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
13433 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
13434 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
13435 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
13436 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
13437 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
13438 | |
13439 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
13440 | |
13441 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
13442 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
13443 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
13444 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
13445 | |
13446 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each | |
13447 entry function you want to use regularly: | |
13448 | |
13449 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t) | |
13450 | |
13451 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
13452 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
13453 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
13454 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
13455 | |
13456 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
13457 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
13458 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
13459 | |
13460 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
13461 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
13462 | |
13463 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
13464 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
13465 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
13466 | |
25998 | 13467 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 13468 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
13469 | |
13470 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
13471 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
13472 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
13473 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
13474 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
13475 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
13476 | |
13477 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
13478 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
13479 | |
13480 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ | |
13481 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
13482 | |
13483 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
13484 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
13485 `*SQL*'. | |
13486 | |
13487 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
13488 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
13489 | |
13490 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
13491 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
13492 | |
13493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
13494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
13495 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
13496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
13497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 13498 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 13499 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
13500 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
13501 | |
13502 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
13503 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
13504 | |
13505 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
13506 | |
13507 ;;;*** | |
13508 | |
13509 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help | |
13510 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke | |
13511 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) | |
28077 | 13512 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024)) |
25876 | 13513 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
13514 | |
13515 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
13516 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled") | |
13517 | |
13518 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13519 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
13520 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
13521 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
13522 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
13523 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
13524 | |
13525 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
13526 | |
13527 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13528 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
13529 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
13530 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
13531 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
13532 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
13533 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
13534 | |
13535 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13536 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
13537 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
13538 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
13539 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
13540 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
13541 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
13542 | |
13543 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13544 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand. | |
13545 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
13546 | |
13547 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13548 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
13549 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
13550 | |
13551 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
13552 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
13553 | |
13554 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
13555 | |
13556 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
13557 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil) | |
13558 | |
13559 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
13560 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
13561 | |
13562 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
13563 | |
13564 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ | |
13565 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
13566 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
13567 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
13568 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
13569 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
13570 new strokes with | |
13571 | |
13572 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
13573 | |
13574 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
13575 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your | |
13576 strokes with | |
13577 | |
13578 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
13579 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
13580 | |
13581 ;;;*** | |
13582 | |
13583 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" | |
28523 | 13584 ;;;;;; (14565 55801)) |
25876 | 13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
13586 | |
13587 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
13588 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
13589 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
13590 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
13591 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
13592 original message but it does require a few things: | |
13593 | |
13594 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
13595 | |
13596 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
13597 reply buffer. | |
13598 | |
13599 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
13600 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
13601 original message. | |
13602 | |
13603 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
13604 | |
13605 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
13606 | |
13607 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
13608 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
13609 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
13610 | |
13611 ;;;*** | |
13612 | |
27321 | 13613 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) |
25876 | 13614 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
13615 | |
13616 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
13617 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
13618 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
13619 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
13620 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
13621 | |
13622 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
13623 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
13624 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
13625 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
13626 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
13627 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
13628 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
13629 | |
13630 ;;;*** | |
13631 | |
25998 | 13632 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
25876 | 13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
13634 | |
13635 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
13636 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
13637 | |
13638 ;;;*** | |
13639 | |
27949 | 13640 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995)) |
25876 | 13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
13642 | |
13643 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
13644 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
13645 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
13646 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
13647 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
13648 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
13649 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
13650 | |
13651 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
13652 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
13653 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
13654 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
13655 | |
13656 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
13657 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
13658 | |
13659 ;;;*** | |
13660 | |
25998 | 13661 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
13662 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428)) | |
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el | |
13664 | |
13665 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
13666 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
13667 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
13668 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
13669 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
13670 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13671 | |
13672 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
13673 tcl-indent-level | |
13674 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
13675 tcl-continued-indent-level | |
13676 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
13677 | |
13678 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
13679 documentation for details): | |
13680 tcl-tab-always-indent | |
13681 Controls action of TAB key. | |
13682 tcl-auto-newline | |
13683 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
13684 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
13685 tcl-electric-hash-style | |
13686 Controls action of `#' key. | |
13687 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
13688 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
13689 This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
13690 tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
13691 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
13692 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
13693 | |
13694 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
13695 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
13696 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
13697 already exist. | |
13698 | |
13699 Commands: | |
13700 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13701 | |
13702 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
13703 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
13704 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
13705 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
13706 | |
13707 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
13708 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
13709 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
13710 | |
13711 ;;;*** | |
13712 | |
28212 | 13713 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416)) |
13714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el | |
25876 | 13715 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
13716 | |
13717 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
13718 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
13719 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
13720 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
13721 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
13722 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
13723 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
13724 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
13725 | |
13726 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
13727 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
13728 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
13729 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
13730 | |
13731 ;;;*** | |
13732 | |
25998 | 13733 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268 |
13734 ;;;;;; 17354)) | |
25876 | 13735 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
13736 | |
13737 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
13738 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
13739 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
13740 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
13741 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
13742 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
13743 | |
13744 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
13745 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
13746 | |
13747 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
13748 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
13749 | |
13750 ;;;*** | |
13751 | |
25998 | 13752 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280 |
13753 ;;;;;; 10588)) | |
25876 | 13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
13755 | |
13756 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
13757 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
13758 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
13759 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
13760 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
13761 program as keyboard input. | |
13762 | |
13763 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
13764 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
13765 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
13766 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
13767 | |
13768 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
13769 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
13770 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
13771 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
13772 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
13773 | |
13774 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
13775 | |
13776 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
13777 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
13778 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
13779 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
13780 | |
13781 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
13782 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
13783 subprocess started." t nil) | |
13784 | |
13785 ;;;*** | |
13786 | |
25998 | 13787 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
25876 | 13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
13789 | |
13790 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
13791 Play the Tetris game. | |
13792 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
13793 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
13794 as to form complete rows. | |
13795 | |
13796 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
13797 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
13798 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
13799 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
13800 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
13801 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
13802 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
13803 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
13804 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
13805 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
13806 | |
13807 " t nil) | |
13808 | |
13809 ;;;*** | |
13810 | |
13811 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
13812 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
13813 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13814 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
13815 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
13816 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
13817 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
27321 | 13818 ;;;;;; (14365 34873)) |
25876 | 13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
13820 | |
13821 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
13822 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
13823 | |
13824 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
13825 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
13826 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
13827 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
13828 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
13829 | |
13830 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
13831 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
13832 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
13833 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
13834 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
13835 | |
13836 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
13837 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
13838 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
13839 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
13840 | |
13841 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
13842 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
13843 | |
13844 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
13845 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
13846 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13847 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13848 | |
13849 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
13850 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
13851 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13852 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13853 | |
13854 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
13855 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
13856 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
13857 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
13858 | |
13859 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
13860 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
13861 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
13862 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
13863 | |
13864 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
13865 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
13866 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
13867 | |
13868 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
13869 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
13870 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13871 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13872 | |
13873 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13874 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13875 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13876 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
13877 | |
13878 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
13879 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
13880 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13881 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13882 | |
13883 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
13884 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
13885 for example, | |
13886 | |
13887 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13888 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
13889 | |
13890 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
13891 use.") | |
13892 | |
13893 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
13894 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
13895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
13896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
13897 | |
13898 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
13899 window system being used. For example, | |
13900 | |
13901 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
13902 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
13903 | |
13904 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
13905 otherwise.") | |
13906 | |
13907 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
13908 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
13909 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
13910 | |
26724 | 13911 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 13912 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
13913 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
13914 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
13915 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
13916 | |
13917 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
13918 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
13919 | |
13920 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
13921 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
13922 | |
13923 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13924 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
13925 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
13926 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
13927 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
13928 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
13929 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
13930 | |
13931 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
13932 | |
13933 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
13934 | |
13935 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
13936 | |
13937 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13938 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
13939 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13940 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13941 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13942 | |
13943 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
13944 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
13945 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13946 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13947 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13948 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13949 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13950 | |
13951 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13952 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13953 | |
13954 Special commands: | |
13955 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13956 | |
13957 Mode variables: | |
13958 tex-run-command | |
13959 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13960 tex-directory | |
13961 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
13962 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
13963 tex-dvi-print-command | |
13964 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
13965 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
13966 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
13967 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
13968 tex-dvi-view-command | |
13969 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
13970 tex-show-queue-command | |
13971 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
13972 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
13973 | |
13974 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
13975 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
13976 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
13977 | |
13978 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
13979 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
13980 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
13981 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
13982 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
13983 | |
13984 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
13985 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
13986 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
13987 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
13988 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13989 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
13990 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
13991 | |
13992 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
13993 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
13994 | |
13995 Special commands: | |
13996 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
13997 | |
13998 Mode variables: | |
13999 latex-run-command | |
14000 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14001 tex-directory | |
14002 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
14003 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14004 tex-dvi-print-command | |
14005 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
14006 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
14007 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
14008 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
14009 tex-dvi-view-command | |
14010 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
14011 tex-show-queue-command | |
14012 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
14013 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
14014 | |
14015 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
14016 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
14017 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
14018 | |
14019 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
14020 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
14021 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
14022 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
14023 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
14024 | |
14025 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
14026 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
14027 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
14028 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
14029 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14030 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
14031 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
14032 | |
14033 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
14034 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
14035 | |
14036 Special commands: | |
14037 \\{tex-mode-map} | |
14038 | |
14039 Mode variables: | |
14040 slitex-run-command | |
14041 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14042 tex-directory | |
14043 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
14044 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
14045 tex-dvi-print-command | |
14046 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
14047 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
14048 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
14049 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
14050 tex-dvi-view-command | |
14051 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
14052 tex-show-queue-command | |
14053 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
14054 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
14055 | |
14056 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
14057 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
14058 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
14059 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
14060 | |
14061 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
14062 | |
14063 ;;;*** | |
14064 | |
14065 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
28764 | 14066 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796)) |
25876 | 14067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
14068 | |
14069 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
14070 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
14071 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
14072 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
14073 | |
14074 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
14075 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
14076 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
14077 | |
14078 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
14079 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
14080 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
14081 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
14082 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
14083 | |
14084 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
14085 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
14086 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
14087 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
14088 | |
14089 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
14090 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
14091 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
14092 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
14093 | |
14094 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
14095 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
14096 | |
14097 ;;;*** | |
14098 | |
14099 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" | |
28710 | 14100 ;;;;;; (14587 10351)) |
25876 | 14101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
14102 | |
14103 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
14104 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
14105 | |
14106 It has these extra commands: | |
14107 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
14108 | |
14109 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
14110 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
14111 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
14112 modified version of TeX input format. | |
14113 | |
14114 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
14115 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
14116 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
14117 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
14118 | |
14119 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
14120 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
14121 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
14122 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
14123 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
14124 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
14125 in the Texinfo file. | |
14126 | |
14127 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
14128 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
14129 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
14130 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
14131 move forward past the closing brace. | |
14132 | |
14133 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
14134 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
14135 | |
14136 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
14137 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
14138 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
14139 | |
14140 Here are the functions: | |
14141 | |
14142 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
14143 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
14144 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
14145 | |
14146 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
14147 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
14148 texinfo-master-menu | |
14149 | |
14150 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
14151 | |
14152 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
14153 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
14154 | |
14155 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
14156 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
14157 in the region. | |
14158 | |
14159 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
14160 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
14161 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
14162 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
14163 | |
14164 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
14165 be the first node in the file. | |
14166 | |
28710 | 14167 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
14168 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 14169 |
14170 ;;;*** | |
14171 | |
14172 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update | |
14173 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" | |
25998 | 14174 ;;;;;; (14263 36019)) |
25876 | 14175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el |
14176 | |
14177 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
14178 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
14179 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region. | |
14180 | |
14181 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their | |
14182 keybindings, are: | |
14183 | |
14184 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
14185 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
14186 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) | |
14187 | |
14188 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
14189 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
14190 texinfo-master-menu () | |
14191 | |
14192 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
14193 | |
14194 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
14195 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil) | |
14196 | |
14197 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
14198 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil) | |
14199 | |
14200 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
14201 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. | |
14202 | |
14203 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the | |
14204 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or | |
14205 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or | |
14206 `p' takes you straight through the file. | |
14207 | |
14208 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
14209 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the | |
14210 marked region. | |
14211 | |
14212 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and | |
14213 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant | |
14214 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the | |
14215 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil) | |
14216 | |
14217 ;;;*** | |
14218 | |
26899 | 14219 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
28919 | 14220 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) |
14221 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
25876 | 14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
14223 | |
14224 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
14225 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
14226 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
14227 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
14228 | |
14229 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
14230 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
14231 | |
14232 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
14233 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
14234 | |
14235 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
14236 | |
26899 | 14237 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
14238 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
14239 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
14240 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
14241 to compose. | |
14242 | |
14243 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 14244 |
14245 ;;;*** | |
14246 | |
27949 | 14247 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
14248 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
14249 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997)) | |
25876 | 14250 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
14251 | |
14252 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
14253 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
14254 | |
14255 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
14256 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
14257 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
14258 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
14259 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
14260 | |
14261 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
14262 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
14263 | |
14264 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
14265 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
14266 | |
14267 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
14268 Return the THING at point. | |
14269 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
14270 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
14271 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
14272 | |
14273 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
14274 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
14275 | |
27949 | 14276 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
14277 | |
14278 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
14279 | |
14280 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
14281 | |
14282 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
14283 | |
25876 | 14284 ;;;*** |
14285 | |
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 14287 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
14288 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan | |
28919 | 14289 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" |
14290 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
25876 | 14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
14292 | |
26899 | 14293 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 14294 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
14295 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
14296 | |
26899 | 14297 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
14298 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
14299 | |
14300 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
14301 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
14302 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 14303 |
14304 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 14305 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 14306 |
14307 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 14308 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
14309 | |
14310 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region)) | |
14311 | |
14312 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string)) | |
14313 | |
14314 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 14315 |
14316 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
14317 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 14318 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 14319 |
14320 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
14321 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
14322 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
14323 | |
14324 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14325 | |
14326 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
14327 | |
14328 ;;;*** | |
14329 | |
26724 | 14330 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
27321 | 14331 ;;;;;; (14357 30776)) |
26724 | 14332 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
14333 | |
14334 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
14335 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
14336 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
14337 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
14338 parameters. | |
14339 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
14340 | |
14341 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
14342 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
14343 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
14344 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
14345 parameters. | |
14346 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
14347 | |
14348 ;;;*** | |
14349 | |
25998 | 14350 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date |
28919 | 14351 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14619 48411)) |
25876 | 14352 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
14353 | |
25998 | 14354 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
14355 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
14356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14357 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
14358 | |
14359 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14360 | |
14361 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
14362 | |
25876 | 14363 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ |
14364 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
14365 | |
14366 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
14367 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
14368 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
14369 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
14370 are displayed as well. | |
14371 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
14372 | |
14373 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ | |
14374 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
14375 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
14376 | |
14377 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
14378 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
14379 are displayed as well. | |
14380 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
14381 | |
14382 ;;;*** | |
14383 | |
14384 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" | |
28764 | 14385 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147)) |
25876 | 14386 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
14387 | |
14388 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 14389 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 14390 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
14391 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
14392 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
14393 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
14394 look like one of the following: | |
14395 Time-stamp: <> | |
14396 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
14397 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
14398 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
14399 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
14400 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 14401 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
14402 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
14403 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 14404 |
14405 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
14406 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
14407 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
14408 | |
14409 ;;;*** | |
14410 | |
14411 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer | |
14412 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
25998 | 14413 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821)) |
25876 | 14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
14415 | |
14416 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
14417 | |
14418 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
14419 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
14420 | |
14421 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
14422 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
14423 | |
14424 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
14425 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
14426 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
14427 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
14428 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
14429 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
14430 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
14431 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
14432 | |
14433 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
14434 | |
14435 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
14436 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
14437 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
14438 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
14439 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
14440 | |
14441 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
14442 | |
14443 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
14444 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
14445 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
14446 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
14447 | |
14448 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
14449 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
14450 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
14451 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. | |
14452 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
14453 | |
14454 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
14455 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
14456 | |
14457 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
14458 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
14459 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
14460 The call should look like: | |
14461 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
14462 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
14463 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
14464 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
14465 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
14466 | |
14467 ;;;*** | |
14468 | |
14469 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
25998 | 14470 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800)) |
25876 | 14471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
14472 | |
14473 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
14474 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
14475 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
14476 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
14477 | |
14478 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
14479 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
14480 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
14481 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
14482 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
14483 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
14484 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
14485 | |
14486 ;;;*** | |
14487 | |
14488 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
27545 | 14489 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719)) |
25876 | 14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
14491 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
14492 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
14493 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
14494 | |
14495 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
14496 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
14497 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
14498 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
14499 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
14500 | |
14501 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
14502 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
14503 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
14504 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
14505 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
14506 | |
14507 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
14508 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
14509 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
14510 in the menu in two ways: | |
14511 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
14512 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
14513 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
14514 | |
14515 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
14516 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
14517 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
14518 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
14519 | |
14520 ;;;*** | |
14521 | |
28919 | 14522 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-insert-item) |
14523 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14619 58196)) | |
14524 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el | |
14525 | |
14526 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ | |
14527 Insert new TODO list entry. | |
14528 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current | |
14529 category." t nil) | |
14530 | |
14531 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ | |
14532 Print todo summary using \\[todo-print-function]. | |
14533 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | |
14534 between each category. | |
14535 | |
14536 Number of entries for each category is given by | |
14537 'todo-print-priorities'." t nil) | |
14538 | |
14539 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ | |
14540 Major mode for editing TODO lists. | |
14541 | |
14542 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14543 | |
14544 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ | |
14545 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary" nil nil) | |
14546 | |
14547 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ | |
14548 Show TODO list." t nil) | |
14549 | |
14550 ;;;*** | |
14551 | |
25998 | 14552 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
27949 | 14553 ;;;;;; (14495 17998)) |
25876 | 14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
14555 | |
14556 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
14557 Mode for tooltip display. | |
14558 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
14559 | |
25998 | 14560 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
14561 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
14562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14563 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
14564 | |
14565 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14566 | |
14567 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
14568 | |
14569 ;;;*** | |
14570 | |
14571 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299 | |
14572 ;;;;;; 63726)) | |
25876 | 14573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
14574 | |
14575 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
14576 | |
14577 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
14578 | |
14579 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
14580 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
14581 | |
14582 ;;;*** | |
14583 | |
14584 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
25998 | 14585 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919)) |
25876 | 14586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
14587 | |
14588 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
14589 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
14590 | |
14591 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
14592 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
14593 | |
14594 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
14595 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
14596 | |
14597 ;;;*** | |
14598 | |
25998 | 14599 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
25876 | 14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
14601 | |
14602 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
14603 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
14604 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
14605 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
14606 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
14607 | |
14608 ;;;*** | |
14609 | |
14610 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
28710 | 14611 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560)) |
25876 | 14612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
14613 | |
14614 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
14615 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
14616 | |
14617 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
14618 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
14619 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
14620 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
14621 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
14622 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
14623 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
14624 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
14625 | |
14626 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
14627 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
14628 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
14629 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
14630 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
14631 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
14632 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
14633 | |
14634 ;;;*** | |
14635 | |
14636 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
25998 | 14637 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924)) |
25876 | 14638 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
14639 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
14640 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
14641 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
14642 | |
14643 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
14644 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
14645 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
14646 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
14647 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
14648 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
14649 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
14650 | |
14651 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
14652 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
14653 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
14654 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
14655 | |
14656 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
14657 | |
14658 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
14659 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
14660 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
14661 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
14662 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
14663 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
14664 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
14665 | |
14666 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
14667 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
14668 | |
14669 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
14670 \\___/\\ | |
14671 / \\ | |
14672 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
14673 | |
14674 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
14675 | |
14676 ;;;*** | |
14677 | |
14678 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
14679 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
14680 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
25998 | 14681 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029)) |
25876 | 14682 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
14683 | |
14684 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
14685 Toggle typing break mode. | |
14686 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
14687 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14688 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
14689 | |
14690 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14691 | |
14692 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
14693 | |
14694 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
14695 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
14696 | |
14697 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
14698 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
14699 | |
14700 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
14701 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
14702 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
14703 | |
14704 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
14705 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
14706 | |
14707 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
14708 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
14709 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
14710 | |
14711 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
14712 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
14713 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
14714 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
14715 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
14716 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
14717 | |
14718 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
14719 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
14720 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
14721 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
14722 | |
14723 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
14724 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
14725 | |
14726 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
14727 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
14728 | |
14729 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
14730 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
14731 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
14732 | |
14733 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
14734 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
14735 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
14736 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
14737 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
14738 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
14739 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
14740 | |
14741 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
14742 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
14743 | |
14744 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
14745 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
14746 reset the keystroke counter. | |
14747 | |
14748 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
14749 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
14750 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
14751 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
14752 | |
14753 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
14754 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
14755 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
14756 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
14757 | |
14758 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
14759 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
14760 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
14761 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
14762 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
14763 or not to continue. | |
14764 | |
14765 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
14766 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
14767 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
14768 approximate good values for this. | |
14769 | |
14770 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
14771 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
14772 | |
14773 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
14774 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
14775 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
14776 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
14777 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
14778 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
14779 | |
14780 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
14781 a typing break occur. They include: | |
14782 | |
14783 `type-break-query-mode' | |
14784 `type-break-query-function' | |
14785 `type-break-query-interval' | |
14786 | |
14787 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
14788 | |
14789 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
14790 Take a typing break. | |
14791 | |
14792 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
14793 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
14794 | |
14795 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
14796 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
14797 | |
14798 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
14799 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
14800 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
14801 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
14802 | |
14803 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
14804 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
14805 | |
14806 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
14807 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
14808 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
14809 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
14810 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
14811 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
14812 average typing speed.) | |
14813 | |
14814 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
14815 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
14816 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
14817 the computed maximum threshold. | |
14818 | |
14819 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
14820 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
14821 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
14822 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
14823 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
14824 | |
14825 ;;;*** | |
14826 | |
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
25998 | 14828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
25876 | 14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
14830 | |
14831 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
14832 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
14833 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
14834 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14835 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
14836 | |
14837 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
14838 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
14839 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
14840 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
14841 | |
14842 ;;;*** | |
14843 | |
14844 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
27545 | 14845 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848)) |
25876 | 14846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
14847 | |
14848 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
14849 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
14850 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
14851 | |
14852 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
14853 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
14854 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
14855 following the containing message." t nil) | |
14856 | |
14857 ;;;*** | |
14858 | |
14859 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
25998 | 14860 ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
25876 | 14861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
14862 | |
14863 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
14864 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
14865 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
14866 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
14867 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
14868 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
14869 | |
14870 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
14871 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
14872 | |
14873 ;;;*** | |
14874 | |
14875 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
27321 | 14876 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297)) |
25876 | 14877 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
14878 | |
14879 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
14880 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
14881 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 14882 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 14883 to refrain from editing the file |
14884 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
14885 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
14886 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
14887 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
14888 | |
14889 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
14890 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
14891 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
14892 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
14893 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
14894 | |
14895 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
14896 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
14897 | |
14898 ;;;*** | |
14899 | |
14900 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file | |
14901 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
14902 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge | |
14903 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register | |
14904 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook | |
28523 | 14905 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565 |
14906 ;;;;;; 59735)) | |
25876 | 14907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
14908 | |
14909 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14910 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
14911 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14912 | |
14913 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
14914 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. | |
14915 See `run-hooks'.") | |
14916 | |
14917 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\ | |
14918 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.") | |
14919 | |
14920 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14921 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary. | |
14922 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string). | |
14923 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
14924 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
14925 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) | |
14926 | |
14927 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
14928 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT. | |
14929 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. | |
14930 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
14931 | |
14932 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
14933 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
14934 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
14935 it will operate on the file in the current line. | |
14936 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
14937 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on | |
14938 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
14939 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
14940 lock steals will raise an error. | |
14941 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
14942 | |
14943 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
14944 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14945 control. | |
14946 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
14947 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
14948 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
14949 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
14950 it performs a revert. | |
14951 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
14952 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
14953 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
14954 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
14955 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
14956 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
14957 the option to steal the lock. | |
14958 | |
14959 For CVS files: | |
14960 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
14961 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
14962 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
14963 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
14964 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
14965 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
14966 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
14967 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
14968 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
14969 | |
14970 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
14971 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil) | |
14972 | |
14973 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
14974 Display diffs between file versions. | |
14975 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent | |
14976 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. | |
14977 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
14978 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
14979 | |
14980 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
14981 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
14982 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
14983 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
14984 | |
14985 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
14986 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
14987 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from | |
14988 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil) | |
14989 | |
14990 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14991 | |
14992 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
14993 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
14994 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
14995 | |
14996 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil) | |
14997 | |
14998 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
14999 Make a snapshot called NAME. | |
15000 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current | |
15001 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest | |
15002 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil) | |
15003 | |
15004 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
15005 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty. | |
15006 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below | |
15007 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are | |
15008 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME. | |
15009 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently | |
15010 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil) | |
15011 | |
15012 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
15013 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
15014 | |
15015 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
15016 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
15017 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
15018 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not | |
15019 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file; | |
15020 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil) | |
15021 | |
15022 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
15023 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
15024 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) | |
15025 | |
15026 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
15027 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
15028 | |
15029 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
15030 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs. | |
15031 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default | |
15032 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially. | |
15033 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log. | |
15034 | |
15035 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file. | |
15036 | |
15037 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
15038 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
15039 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
15040 | |
15041 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are | |
15042 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the | |
15043 default directory." t nil) | |
15044 | |
15045 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
15046 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors. | |
15047 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue. | |
15048 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale. | |
15049 | |
15050 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
15051 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
15052 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
15053 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
15054 | |
15055 ;;;*** | |
15056 | |
15057 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" | |
27321 | 15058 ;;;;;; (14385 10956)) |
25876 | 15059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
15060 | |
15061 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
15062 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
15063 | |
15064 Usage: | |
15065 ------ | |
15066 | |
15067 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
15068 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
15069 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
15070 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
15071 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
15072 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
15073 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
15074 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
15075 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
15076 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
15077 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
15078 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
15079 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
15080 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
15081 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
15082 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
15083 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
15084 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
15085 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
15086 | |
15087 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
15088 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
15089 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
15090 | |
15091 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
15092 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
15093 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
15094 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
15095 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
15096 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
15097 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
15098 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
15099 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
15100 | |
15101 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
15102 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
15103 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
15104 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
15105 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
15106 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
15107 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
15108 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
15109 | |
15110 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
15111 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
15112 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
15113 | |
15114 - COMMENTS: | |
15115 `--' puts a single comment. | |
15116 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
15117 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
15118 comment in between. | |
15119 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
15120 following lines. | |
15121 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
15122 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
15123 | |
15124 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
15125 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
15126 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
15127 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
15128 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
15129 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
15130 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
15131 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
15132 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
15133 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
15134 multi-line comments. | |
15135 | |
15136 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
15137 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
15138 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
15139 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
15140 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
15141 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
15142 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
15143 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
15144 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
15145 | |
15146 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
15147 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
15148 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
15149 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
15150 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
15151 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
15152 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
15153 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
15154 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
15155 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
15156 | |
15157 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
15158 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
15159 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
15160 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
15161 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
15162 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
15163 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
15164 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
15165 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
15166 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
15167 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
15168 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
15169 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
15170 | |
15171 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
15172 | |
15173 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
15174 menu). | |
15175 | |
15176 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
15177 | |
15178 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
15179 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
15180 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
15181 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
15182 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
15183 | |
15184 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
15185 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
15186 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
15187 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
15188 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
15189 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
15190 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
15191 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
15192 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
15193 | |
15194 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
15195 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
15196 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
15197 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
15198 specified. | |
15199 | |
15200 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
15201 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
15202 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
15203 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
15204 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
15205 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
15206 | |
15207 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
15208 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
15209 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
15210 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
15211 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
15212 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
15213 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
15214 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
15215 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
15216 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
15217 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
15218 | |
15219 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
15220 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
15221 Math Packages. | |
15222 | |
15223 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
15224 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
15225 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
15226 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
15227 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
15228 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
15229 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
15230 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
15231 | |
15232 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
15233 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
15234 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
15235 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
15236 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
15237 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
15238 | |
15239 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
15240 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
15241 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
15242 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
15243 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
15244 | |
15245 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
15246 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
15247 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
15248 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
15249 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
15250 | |
15251 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
15252 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
15253 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
15254 | |
15255 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
15256 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
15257 is non-nil. | |
15258 | |
15259 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
15260 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
15261 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
15262 | |
15263 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
15264 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
15265 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
15266 | |
15267 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
15268 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
15269 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
15270 | |
15271 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
15272 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
15273 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
15274 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
15275 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
15276 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
15277 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
15278 | |
15279 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
15280 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
15281 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
15282 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
15283 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
15284 | |
15285 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
15286 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
15287 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
15288 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
15289 | |
15290 - HINTS: | |
15291 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
15292 | |
15293 | |
15294 Maintenance: | |
15295 ------------ | |
15296 | |
15297 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
15298 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
15299 | |
15300 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
15301 | |
15302 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
15303 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
15304 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
15305 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
15306 | |
15307 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
15308 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
15309 version and release notes can be found. | |
15310 | |
15311 | |
15312 Bugs and Limitations: | |
15313 --------------------- | |
15314 | |
15315 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
15316 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
15317 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
15318 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
15319 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
15320 does not work under XEmacs. | |
15321 | |
15322 | |
15323 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
15324 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
15325 | |
15326 Key bindings: | |
15327 ------------- | |
15328 | |
15329 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15330 | |
15331 ;;;*** | |
15332 | |
25998 | 15333 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
25876 | 15334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
15335 | |
15336 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
15337 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
15338 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
15339 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
15340 | |
15341 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
15342 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
15343 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
15344 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
15345 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
15346 | |
15347 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
15348 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
15349 | |
15350 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
15351 | |
15352 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
15353 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
15354 not supported. | |
15355 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
15356 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
15357 | |
15358 * Modifications | |
15359 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
15360 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
15361 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
15362 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
15363 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
15364 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
15365 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
15366 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
15367 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
15368 | |
15369 * Extensions | |
15370 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
15371 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
15372 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
15373 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
15374 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
15375 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
15376 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
15377 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
15378 | |
15379 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
15380 | |
15381 ;;;*** | |
15382 | |
15383 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
15384 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
28919 | 15385 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
15386 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992)) | |
25876 | 15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
15388 | |
15389 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
15390 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
15391 | |
15392 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
15393 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
15394 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
15395 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
15396 | |
15397 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
15398 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
15399 | |
15400 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
15401 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
15402 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
15403 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
15404 | |
15405 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
15406 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
15407 | |
15408 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15409 | |
15410 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15411 | |
15412 ;;;*** | |
15413 | |
15414 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
15415 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
28212 | 15416 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550 |
15417 ;;;;;; 6934)) | |
25876 | 15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
15419 | |
15420 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
15421 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
15422 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
15423 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
15424 | |
15425 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
15426 | |
15427 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
15428 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
15429 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15430 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15431 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15432 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15433 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15434 | |
15435 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15436 | |
15437 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
15438 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
15439 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
15440 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15441 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15442 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15443 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15444 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15445 | |
15446 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15447 | |
15448 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
15449 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
15450 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
15451 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15452 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15453 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15454 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15455 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15456 | |
15457 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15458 | |
15459 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
15460 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
15461 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15462 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15463 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15464 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15465 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15466 | |
15467 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
15468 | |
15469 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
15470 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
15471 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
15472 | |
15473 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
15474 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
15475 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
15476 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15477 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15478 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15479 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15480 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15481 | |
15482 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
15483 | |
15484 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
15485 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
15486 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
15487 | |
15488 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
15489 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
15490 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
15491 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
15492 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
15493 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
15494 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
15495 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15496 | |
15497 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
15498 | |
15499 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
15500 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
15501 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
15502 | |
15503 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
15504 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
27949 | 15505 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
25876 | 15506 |
15507 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
15508 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
15509 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
15510 read-only. | |
15511 \\<view-mode-map> | |
15512 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
15513 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
15514 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
15515 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
15516 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
15517 | |
15518 H, h, ? This message. | |
15519 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
15520 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
15521 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
15522 > move to the end of buffer. | |
15523 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
27949 | 15524 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
15525 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
15526 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
15527 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
15528 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
15529 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
15530 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
15531 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
15532 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
15533 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
15534 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
15535 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25876 | 15536 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
15537 Use this to view a changing file. | |
15538 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
15539 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
15540 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
15541 . set the mark. | |
15542 x exchanges point and mark. | |
15543 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
15544 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
15545 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
15546 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
15547 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
15548 s do forward incremental search. | |
15549 r do reverse incremental search. | |
15550 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
15551 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
15552 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
15553 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
15554 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
15555 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
15556 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
15557 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
15558 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
15559 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
15560 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
15561 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
15562 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
15563 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
15564 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
15565 | |
15566 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
27949 | 15567 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
15568 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
15569 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
15570 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
15571 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
15572 will return to that buffer. | |
25876 | 15573 |
15574 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15575 | |
15576 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
15577 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
15578 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
15579 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
15580 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
15581 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
15582 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
15583 | |
15584 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
15585 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
15586 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
15587 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
15588 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
15589 1) nil Do nothing. | |
15590 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
15591 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
15592 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
27949 | 15593 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
25876 | 15594 |
15595 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
15596 | |
15597 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
15598 | |
15599 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
15600 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
15601 | |
15602 ;;;*** | |
15603 | |
25998 | 15604 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
25876 | 15605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
15606 | |
15607 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
15608 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
15609 | |
15610 ;;;*** | |
15611 | |
15612 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
27949 | 15613 ;;;;;; (14522 27540)) |
25876 | 15614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
15615 | |
15616 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
15617 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 15618 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 15619 |
15620 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
15621 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
15622 | |
15623 ;;;*** | |
15624 | |
28212 | 15625 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012)) |
15626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el | |
25876 | 15627 |
15628 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
15629 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
15630 | |
15631 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
15632 hotlist. | |
15633 | |
15634 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
15635 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
15636 | |
15637 ;;;*** | |
15638 | |
15639 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
25998 | 15640 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928)) |
25876 | 15641 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
15642 | |
15643 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
15644 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
15645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15646 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
15647 | |
15648 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15649 | |
15650 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
15651 | |
15652 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
15653 | |
15654 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
15655 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
15656 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
15657 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
15658 | |
15659 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, | |
15660 and off otherwise." t nil) | |
15661 | |
15662 ;;;*** | |
15663 | |
25998 | 15664 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region |
15665 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" | |
27949 | 15666 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999)) |
25998 | 15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
15668 | |
15669 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
15670 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer: | |
15671 | |
15672 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
15673 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
15674 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
15675 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
15676 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
15677 | |
15678 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
15679 and: | |
15680 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
15681 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
15682 | |
15683 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
15684 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil) | |
15685 | |
15686 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
15687 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
15688 | |
15689 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
15690 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
15691 | |
15692 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
15693 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil) | |
15694 | |
15695 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
15696 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
15697 | |
15698 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
15699 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
15700 | |
15701 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
15702 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
15703 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
15704 replaced with TABS). | |
15705 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
15706 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
15707 | |
15708 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
15709 | |
26724 | 15710 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
15711 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 15712 |
15713 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
15714 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
15715 l - Leading whitespace. | |
15716 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
15717 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
15718 | |
15719 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 15720 !<y>. |
25998 | 15721 |
15722 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
15723 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
15724 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost | |
15725 always they default to 8.) | |
15726 | |
15727 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to | |
15728 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or | |
15729 even print it. | |
15730 | |
15731 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
15732 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
15733 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these | |
15734 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
15735 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
15736 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between | |
15737 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
15738 to set smarttab.) | |
15739 | |
15740 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
15741 merge problems. | |
15742 | |
15743 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
15744 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any | |
15745 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil) | |
15746 | |
15747 ;;;*** | |
15748 | |
25876 | 15749 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
25998 | 15750 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813)) |
25876 | 15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
15752 | |
15753 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15754 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
15755 | |
15756 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15757 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
15758 | |
15759 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15760 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
15761 | |
15762 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
15763 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
15764 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
15765 | |
15766 ;;;*** | |
15767 | |
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
28919 | 15769 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14606 42158)) |
25876 | 15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
15771 | |
15772 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15773 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
15774 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
15775 | |
15776 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15777 Create widget of TYPE. | |
15778 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) | |
15779 | |
15780 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
15781 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
15782 | |
15783 ;;;*** | |
15784 | |
27545 | 15785 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
15786 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485 | |
27949 | 15787 ;;;;;; 64331)) |
27545 | 15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
15789 | |
15790 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
15791 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
15792 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
15793 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
15794 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
15795 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15796 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15797 | |
15798 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
15799 Select the window above the current one. | |
15800 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
15801 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
15802 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
15803 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15804 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15805 | |
15806 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
15807 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
15808 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
15809 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
15810 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
15811 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15812 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15813 | |
15814 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
15815 Select the window below the current one. | |
15816 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
15817 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
15818 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
15819 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
15820 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
15821 | |
15822 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
15823 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
15824 | |
15825 ;;;*** | |
15826 | |
28077 | 15827 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
15828 ;;;;;; (14535 44846)) | |
15829 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el | |
15830 | |
15831 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
15832 Toggle winner-mode. | |
15833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15834 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
15835 | |
15836 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15837 | |
15838 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
15839 | |
15840 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
15841 Toggle Winner mode. | |
15842 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
15843 | |
15844 ;;;*** | |
15845 | |
28919 | 15846 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
15847 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14614 53233)) | |
15848 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el | |
15849 | |
15850 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
15851 Browse a UN*X man page for TOPIC WithOut using a `man' program. | |
15852 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. | |
15853 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
15854 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
15855 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
15856 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
15857 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
15858 | |
15859 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if they are given then | |
15860 the argument TOPIC should be a topic string and the RE-CACHE may be | |
15861 non-nil to force re-caching." t nil) | |
15862 | |
15863 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
15864 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil) | |
15865 | |
15866 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
15867 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
15868 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
15869 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
15870 of existing WoMan buffers formatted earlier. | |
15871 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to | |
15872 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
15873 `woman' command for further details." t nil) | |
15874 | |
15875 ;;;*** | |
15876 | |
25876 | 15877 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
25998 | 15878 ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
25876 | 15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
15880 | |
15881 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
15882 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
15883 | |
15884 BUGS: | |
15885 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
15886 are not implemented | |
15887 - Options for search and replace | |
15888 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
15889 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
15890 | |
15891 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
15892 Emacs-like. | |
15893 | |
15894 The key bindings are: | |
15895 | |
15896 C-a backward-word | |
15897 C-b fill-paragraph | |
15898 C-c scroll-up-line | |
15899 C-d forward-char | |
15900 C-e previous-line | |
15901 C-f forward-word | |
15902 C-g delete-char | |
15903 C-h backward-char | |
15904 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
15905 C-j help-for-help | |
15906 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
15907 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
15908 C-n open-line | |
15909 C-p quoted-insert | |
15910 C-r scroll-down-line | |
15911 C-s backward-char | |
15912 C-t kill-word | |
15913 C-u keyboard-quit | |
15914 C-v overwrite-mode | |
15915 C-w scroll-down | |
15916 C-x next-line | |
15917 C-y kill-complete-line | |
15918 C-z scroll-up | |
15919 | |
15920 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
15921 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
15922 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
15923 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
15924 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
15925 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
15926 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
15927 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
15928 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
15929 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
15930 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
15931 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
15932 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
15933 C-k f find-file | |
15934 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
15935 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
15936 C-k k ws-end-block | |
15937 C-k p ws-print-block | |
15938 C-k q kill-emacs | |
15939 C-k r insert-file | |
15940 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
15941 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
15942 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
15943 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
15944 C-k v ws-move-block | |
15945 C-k w ws-write-block | |
15946 C-k x kill-emacs | |
15947 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
15948 | |
15949 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
15950 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
15951 C-o j justify-current-line | |
15952 C-o k kill-buffer | |
15953 C-o l list-buffers | |
15954 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
15955 C-o r set-fill-column | |
15956 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
15957 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
15958 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
15959 C-o wo other-window | |
15960 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
15961 | |
15962 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
15963 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
15964 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
15965 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
15966 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
15967 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
15968 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
15969 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
15970 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
15971 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
15972 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
15973 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
15974 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
15975 C-q d end-of-line | |
15976 C-q f ws-search | |
15977 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
15978 C-q l ws-undo | |
15979 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
15980 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
15981 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
15982 C-q w ws-last-error | |
15983 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
15984 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
15985 " t nil) | |
15986 | |
15987 ;;;*** | |
15988 | |
27949 | 15989 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516 |
15990 ;;;;;; 149)) | |
25876 | 15991 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
15992 | |
15993 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
15994 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
15995 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
15996 | |
15997 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
15998 | |
15999 ;;;*** | |
16000 | |
16001 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
25998 | 16002 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571)) |
25876 | 16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
16004 | |
16005 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
16006 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
16007 | |
16008 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
16009 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
16010 | |
16011 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
16012 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
16013 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
16014 | |
16015 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
16016 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
16017 | |
16018 ;;;*** | |
16019 | |
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" | |
28212 | 16021 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513)) |
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el | |
25876 | 16023 |
16024 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
16025 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
16026 | |
25998 | 16027 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
16028 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
16029 | |
16030 Zone-mode does two things: | |
16031 | |
16032 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
16033 when saving the file | |
16034 | |
16035 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 16036 |
16037 ;;;*** | |
16038 | |
16039 ;;; Local Variables: | |
16040 ;;; version-control: never | |
16041 ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
16042 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
16043 ;;; End: | |
16044 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |